#include "wayland-server.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct wl_client;
struct wl_resource;
/**
* @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
* @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
* @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
*
*
* Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
struct another_intf;
struct intf_A;
struct intf_not_here;
/**
* @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
* @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
* @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
* See @ref iface_intf_A.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
#ifndef INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
#define INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
enum intf_A_foo {
/**
* this is the first
*/
INTF_A_FOO_FIRST = 0,
/**
* this is the second
*/
INTF_A_FOO_SECOND = 1,
/**
* this is the third
* @since 2
*/
INTF_A_FOO_THIRD = 2,
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_FOO_THIRD_SINCE_VERSION 2
#endif /* INTF_A_FOO_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
* @struct intf_A_interface
*/
struct intf_A_interface {
/**
* @param interface name of the objects interface
* @param version version of the objects interface
*/
void (*rq1)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
const char *interface, uint32_t version, uint32_t untyped_new);
/**
*/
void (*rq2)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t typed_new,
const char *str,
int32_t i,
uint32_t u,
wl_fixed_t f,
int32_t fd,
struct wl_resource *obj);
/**
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define INTF_A_HEY 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
* Sends an hey event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
intf_A_send_hey(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, INTF_A_HEY);
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/small-code.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000003502 13142400404 014406 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
/*
* Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include "wayland-util.h"
extern const struct wl_interface another_intf_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface intf_not_here_interface;
static const struct wl_interface *types[] = {
NULL,
&intf_not_here_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&another_intf_interface,
};
static const struct wl_message intf_A_requests[] = {
{ "rq1", "sun", types + 0 },
{ "rq2", "nsiufho", types + 1 },
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message intf_A_events[] = {
{ "hey", "", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface = {
"intf_A", 3,
3, intf_A_requests,
1, intf_A_events,
};
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/small.xml 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000004234 13142400404 014057 0000000 0000000
Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/example.xml 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000362601 13142400404 014407 0000000 0000000
Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
The sync request asks the server to emit the 'done' event
on the returned wl_callback object. Since requests are
handled in-order and events are delivered in-order, this can
be used as a barrier to ensure all previous requests and the
resulting events have been handled.
The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
attempt to use it after that point.
The callback_data passed in the callback is the event serial.
This request creates a registry object that allows the client
to list and bind the global objects available from the
compositor.
The error event is sent out when a fatal (non-recoverable)
error has occurred. The object_id argument is the object
where the error occurred, most often in response to a request
to that object. The code identifies the error and is defined
by the object interface. As such, each interface defines its
own set of error codes. The message is a brief description
of the error, for (debugging) convenience.
These errors are global and can be emitted in response to any
server request.
This event is used internally by the object ID management
logic. When a client deletes an object, the server will send
this event to acknowledge that it has seen the delete request.
When the client receives this event, it will know that it can
safely reuse the object ID.
The singleton global registry object. The server has a number of
global objects that are available to all clients. These objects
typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
extension functionality.
When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
will emit a global event for each global currently in the
registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
registry will send out global and global_remove events to
keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
wl_display.get_registry.
A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
the object.
Binds a new, client-created object to the server using the
specified name as the identifier.
Notify the client of global objects.
The event notifies the client that a global object with
the given name is now available, and it implements the
given version of the given interface.
Notify the client of removed global objects.
This event notifies the client that the global identified
by name is no longer available. If the client bound to
the global using the bind request, the client should now
destroy that object.
The object remains valid and requests to the object will be
ignored until the client destroys it, to avoid races between
the global going away and a client sending a request to it.
Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
the related request is done.
Notify the client when the related request is done.
A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
surfaces into one displayable output.
Ask the compositor to create a new surface.
Ask the compositor to create a new region.
The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
All objects created through the same pool share the same
underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
a surface or for many small buffers.
Create a wl_buffer object from the pool.
The buffer is created offset bytes into the pool and has
width and height as specified. The stride argument specifies
the number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning
of the next. The format is the pixel format of the buffer and
must be one of those advertised through the wl_shm.format event.
A buffer will keep a reference to the pool it was created from
so it is valid to destroy the pool immediately after creating
a buffer from it.
Destroy the shared memory pool.
The mmapped memory will be released when all
buffers that have been created from this pool
are gone.
This request will cause the server to remap the backing memory
for the pool from the file descriptor passed when the pool was
created, but using the new size. This request can only be
used to make the pool bigger.
A singleton global object that provides support for shared
memory.
Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
request.
At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
that can be used for buffers.
These errors can be emitted in response to wl_shm requests.
This describes the memory layout of an individual pixel.
All renderers should support argb8888 and xrgb8888 but any other
formats are optional and may not be supported by the particular
renderer in use.
The drm format codes match the macros defined in drm_fourcc.h.
The formats actually supported by the compositor will be
reported by the format event.
Create a new wl_shm_pool object.
The pool can be used to create shared memory based buffer
objects. The server will mmap size bytes of the passed file
descriptor, to use as backing memory for the pool.
Informs the client about a valid pixel format that
can be used for buffers. Known formats include
argb8888 and xrgb8888.
A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
Destroy a buffer. If and how you need to release the backing
storage is defined by the buffer factory interface.
For possible side-effects to a surface, see wl_surface.attach.
Sent when this wl_buffer is no longer used by the compositor.
The client is now free to reuse or destroy this buffer and its
backing storage.
If a client receives a release event before the frame callback
requested in the same wl_surface.commit that attaches this
wl_buffer to a surface, then the client is immediately free to
reuse the buffer and its backing storage, and does not need a
second buffer for the next surface content update. Typically
this is possible, when the compositor maintains a copy of the
wl_surface contents, e.g. as a GL texture. This is an important
optimization for GL(ES) compositors with wl_shm clients.
A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
by another client (the source client). It is used by the
copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
describes the different mime types that the data can be
converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
data directly from the source client.
Indicate that the client can accept the given mime type, or
NULL for not accepted.
For objects of version 2 or older, this request is used by the
client to give feedback whether the client can receive the given
mime type, or NULL if none is accepted; the feedback does not
determine whether the drag-and-drop operation succeeds or not.
For objects of version 3 or newer, this request determines the
final result of the drag-and-drop operation. If the end result
is that no mime types were accepted, the drag-and-drop operation
will be cancelled and the corresponding drag source will receive
wl_data_source.cancelled. Clients may still use this event in
conjunction with wl_data_source.action for feedback.
To transfer the offered data, the client issues this request
and indicates the mime type it wants to receive. The transfer
happens through the passed file descriptor (typically created
with the pipe system call). The source client writes the data
in the mime type representation requested and then closes the
file descriptor.
The receiving client reads from the read end of the pipe until
EOF and then closes its end, at which point the transfer is
complete.
This request may happen multiple times for different mime types,
both before and after wl_data_device.drop. Drag-and-drop destination
clients may preemptively fetch data or examine it more closely to
determine acceptance.
Destroy the data offer.
Sent immediately after creating the wl_data_offer object. One
event per offered mime type.
Notifies the compositor that the drag destination successfully
finished the drag-and-drop operation.
Upon receiving this request, the compositor will emit
wl_data_source.dnd_finished on the drag source client.
It is a client error to perform other requests than
wl_data_offer.destroy after this one. It is also an error to perform
this request after a NULL mime type has been set in
wl_data_offer.accept or no action was received through
wl_data_offer.action.
Sets the actions that the destination side client supports for
this operation. This request may trigger the emission of
wl_data_source.action and wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor
needs to change the selected action.
This request can be called multiple times throughout the
drag-and-drop operation, typically in response to wl_data_device.enter
or wl_data_device.motion events.
This request determines the final result of the drag-and-drop
operation. If the end result is that no action is accepted,
the drag source will receive wl_drag_source.cancelled.
The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, and the preferred_action
argument must only contain one of those values set, otherwise it
will result in a protocol error.
While managing an "ask" action, the destination drag-and-drop client
may perform further wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected
to perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions request with a preferred
action other than "ask" (and optionally wl_data_offer.accept) before
requesting wl_data_offer.finish, in order to convey the action selected
by the user. If the preferred action is not in the
wl_data_offer.source_actions mask, an error will be raised.
If the "ask" action is dismissed (e.g. user cancellation), the client
is expected to perform wl_data_offer.destroy right away.
This request can only be made on drag-and-drop offers, a protocol error
will be raised otherwise.
This event indicates the actions offered by the data source. It
will be sent right after wl_data_device.enter, or anytime the source
side changes its offered actions through wl_data_source.set_actions.
This event indicates the action selected by the compositor after
matching the source/destination side actions. Only one action (or
none) will be offered here.
This event can be emitted multiple times during the drag-and-drop
operation in response to destination side action changes through
wl_data_offer.set_actions.
This event will no longer be emitted after wl_data_device.drop
happened on the drag-and-drop destination, the client must
honor the last action received, or the last preferred one set
through wl_data_offer.set_actions when handling an "ask" action.
Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly, mainly
in response to keyboard modifier changes during the drag-and-drop
operation.
The most recent action received is always the valid one. Prior to
receiving wl_data_device.drop, the chosen action may change (e.g.
due to keyboard modifiers being pressed). At the time of receiving
wl_data_device.drop the drag-and-drop destination must honor the
last action received.
Action changes may still happen after wl_data_device.drop,
especially on "ask" actions, where the drag-and-drop destination
may choose another action afterwards. Action changes happening
at this stage are always the result of inter-client negotiation, the
compositor shall no longer be able to induce a different action.
Upon "ask" actions, it is expected that the drag-and-drop destination
may potentially choose a different action and/or mime type,
based on wl_data_offer.source_actions and finally chosen by the
user (e.g. popping up a menu with the available options). The
final wl_data_offer.set_actions and wl_data_offer.accept requests
must happen before the call to wl_data_offer.finish.
The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
to requests to transfer the data.
This request adds a mime type to the set of mime types
advertised to targets. Can be called several times to offer
multiple types.
Destroy the data source.
Sent when a target accepts pointer_focus or motion events. If
a target does not accept any of the offered types, type is NULL.
Used for feedback during drag-and-drop.
Request for data from the client. Send the data as the
specified mime type over the passed file descriptor, then
close it.
This data source is no longer valid. There are several reasons why
this could happen:
- The data source has been replaced by another data source.
- The drag-and-drop operation was performed, but the drop destination
did not accept any of the mime types offered through
wl_data_source.target.
- The drag-and-drop operation was performed, but the drop destination
did not select any of the actions present in the mask offered through
wl_data_source.action.
- The drag-and-drop operation was performed but didn't happen over a
surface.
- The compositor cancelled the drag-and-drop operation (e.g. compositor
dependent timeouts to avoid stale drag-and-drop transfers).
The client should clean up and destroy this data source.
For objects of version 2 or older, wl_data_source.cancelled will
only be emitted if the data source was replaced by another data
source.
Sets the actions that the source side client supports for this
operation. This request may trigger wl_data_source.action and
wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor needs to change the
selected action.
The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, otherwise it will result
in a protocol error.
This request must be made once only, and can only be made on sources
used in drag-and-drop, so it must be performed before
wl_data_device.start_drag. Attempting to use the source other than
for drag-and-drop will raise a protocol error.
The user performed the drop action. This event does not indicate
acceptance, wl_data_source.cancelled may still be emitted afterwards
if the drop destination does not accept any mime type.
However, this event might however not be received if the compositor
cancelled the drag-and-drop operation before this event could happen.
Note that the data_source may still be used in the future and should
not be destroyed here.
The drop destination finished interoperating with this data
source, so the client is now free to destroy this data source and
free all associated data.
If the action used to perform the operation was "move", the
source can now delete the transferred data.
This event indicates the action selected by the compositor after
matching the source/destination side actions. Only one action (or
none) will be offered here.
This event can be emitted multiple times during the drag-and-drop
operation, mainly in response to destination side changes through
wl_data_offer.set_actions, and as the data device enters/leaves
surfaces.
It is only possible to receive this event after
wl_data_source.dnd_drop_performed if the drag-and-drop operation
ended in an "ask" action, in which case the final wl_data_source.action
event will happen immediately before wl_data_source.dnd_finished.
Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly, mainly
in response to keyboard modifier changes during the drag-and-drop
operation.
The most recent action received is always the valid one. The chosen
action may change alongside negotiation (e.g. an "ask" action can turn
into a "move" operation), so the effects of the final action must
always be applied in wl_data_offer.dnd_finished.
Clients can trigger cursor surface changes from this point, so
they reflect the current action.
There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
This request asks the compositor to start a drag-and-drop
operation on behalf of the client.
The source argument is the data source that provides the data
for the eventual data transfer. If source is NULL, enter, leave
and motion events are sent only to the client that initiated the
drag and the client is expected to handle the data passing
internally.
The origin surface is the surface where the drag originates and
the client must have an active implicit grab that matches the
serial.
The icon surface is an optional (can be NULL) surface that
provides an icon to be moved around with the cursor. Initially,
the top-left corner of the icon surface is placed at the cursor
hotspot, but subsequent wl_surface.attach request can move the
relative position. Attach requests must be confirmed with
wl_surface.commit as usual. The icon surface is given the role of
a drag-and-drop icon. If the icon surface already has another role,
it raises a protocol error.
The current and pending input regions of the icon wl_surface are
cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
wl_surface is no longer used as the icon surface. When the use
as an icon ends, the current and pending input regions become
undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
This request asks the compositor to set the selection
to the data from the source on behalf of the client.
To unset the selection, set the source to NULL.
The data_offer event introduces a new wl_data_offer object,
which will subsequently be used in either the
data_device.enter event (for drag-and-drop) or the
data_device.selection event (for selections). Immediately
following the data_device_data_offer event, the new data_offer
object will send out data_offer.offer events to describe the
mime types it offers.
This event is sent when an active drag-and-drop pointer enters
a surface owned by the client. The position of the pointer at
enter time is provided by the x and y arguments, in surface-local
coordinates.
This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer leaves the
surface and the session ends. The client must destroy the
wl_data_offer introduced at enter time at this point.
This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer moves within
the currently focused surface. The new position of the pointer
is provided by the x and y arguments, in surface-local
coordinates.
The event is sent when a drag-and-drop operation is ended
because the implicit grab is removed.
The drag-and-drop destination is expected to honor the last action
received through wl_data_offer.action, if the resulting action is
"copy" or "move", the destination can still perform
wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected to end all
transfers with a wl_data_offer.finish request.
If the resulting action is "ask", the action will not be considered
final. The drag-and-drop destination is expected to perform one last
wl_data_offer.set_actions request, or wl_data_offer.destroy in order
to cancel the operation.
The selection event is sent out to notify the client of a new
wl_data_offer for the selection for this device. The
data_device.data_offer and the data_offer.offer events are
sent out immediately before this event to introduce the data
offer object. The selection event is sent to a client
immediately before receiving keyboard focus and when a new
selection is set while the client has keyboard focus. The
data_offer is valid until a new data_offer or NULL is received
or until the client loses keyboard focus. The client must
destroy the previous selection data_offer, if any, upon receiving
this event.
This request destroys the data device.
The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
corresponding to a wl_seat.
Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
Create a new data source.
Create a new data device for a given seat.
This is a bitmask of the available/preferred actions in a
drag-and-drop operation.
In the compositor, the selected action is a result of matching the
actions offered by the source and destination sides. "action" events
with a "none" action will be sent to both source and destination if
there is no match. All further checks will effectively happen on
(source actions ∩ destination actions).
In addition, compositors may also pick different actions in
reaction to key modifiers being pressed. One common design that
is used in major toolkits (and the behavior recommended for
compositors) is:
- If no modifiers are pressed, the first match (in bit order)
will be used.
- Pressing Shift selects "move", if enabled in the mask.
- Pressing Control selects "copy", if enabled in the mask.
Behavior beyond that is considered implementation-dependent.
Compositors may for example bind other modifiers (like Alt/Meta)
or drags initiated with other buttons than BTN_LEFT to specific
actions (e.g. "ask").
This interface is implemented by servers that provide
desktop-style user interfaces.
It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
a basic surface.
Create a shell surface for an existing surface. This gives
the wl_surface the role of a shell surface. If the wl_surface
already has another role, it raises a protocol error.
Only one shell surface can be associated with a given surface.
An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
metadata like title and class, etc.
On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
the wl_surface object.
A client must respond to a ping event with a pong request or
the client may be deemed unresponsive.
Start a pointer-driven move of the surface.
This request must be used in response to a button press event.
The server may ignore move requests depending on the state of
the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
These values are used to indicate which edge of a surface
is being dragged in a resize operation. The server may
use this information to adapt its behavior, e.g. choose
an appropriate cursor image.
Start a pointer-driven resizing of the surface.
This request must be used in response to a button press event.
The server may ignore resize requests depending on the state of
the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
Map the surface as a toplevel surface.
A toplevel surface is not fullscreen, maximized or transient.
These flags specify details of the expected behaviour
of transient surfaces. Used in the set_transient request.
Map the surface relative to an existing surface.
The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
The flags argument controls details of the transient behaviour.
Hints to indicate to the compositor how to deal with a conflict
between the dimensions of the surface and the dimensions of the
output. The compositor is free to ignore this parameter.
Map the surface as a fullscreen surface.
If an output parameter is given then the surface will be made
fullscreen on that output. If the client does not specify the
output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
area.
The client may specify a method to resolve a size conflict
between the output size and the surface size - this is provided
through the method parameter.
The framerate parameter is used only when the method is set
to "driver", to indicate the preferred framerate. A value of 0
indicates that the client does not care about framerate. The
framerate is specified in mHz, that is framerate of 60000 is 60Hz.
A method of "scale" or "driver" implies a scaling operation of
the surface, either via a direct scaling operation or a change of
the output mode. This will override any kind of output scaling, so
that mapping a surface with a buffer size equal to the mode can
fill the screen independent of buffer_scale.
A method of "fill" means we don't scale up the buffer, however
any output scale is applied. This means that you may run into
an edge case where the application maps a buffer with the same
size of the output mode but buffer_scale 1 (thus making a
surface larger than the output). In this case it is allowed to
downscale the results to fit the screen.
The compositor must reply to this request with a configure event
with the dimensions for the output on which the surface will
be made fullscreen.
Map the surface as a popup.
A popup surface is a transient surface with an added pointer
grab.
An existing implicit grab will be changed to owner-events mode,
and the popup grab will continue after the implicit grab ends
(i.e. releasing the mouse button does not cause the popup to
be unmapped).
The popup grab continues until the window is destroyed or a
mouse button is pressed in any other client's window. A click
in any of the client's surfaces is reported as normal, however,
clicks in other clients' surfaces will be discarded and trigger
the callback.
The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
Map the surface as a maximized surface.
If an output parameter is given then the surface will be
maximized on that output. If the client does not specify the
output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
area.
The compositor will reply with a configure event telling
the expected new surface size. The operation is completed
on the next buffer attach to this surface.
A maximized surface typically fills the entire output it is
bound to, except for desktop elements such as panels. This is
the main difference between a maximized shell surface and a
fullscreen shell surface.
The details depend on the compositor implementation.
Set a short title for the surface.
This string may be used to identify the surface in a task bar,
window list, or other user interface elements provided by the
compositor.
The string must be encoded in UTF-8.
Set a class for the surface.
The surface class identifies the general class of applications
to which the surface belongs. A common convention is to use the
file name (or the full path if it is a non-standard location) of
the application's .desktop file as the class.
Ping a client to check if it is receiving events and sending
requests. A client is expected to reply with a pong request.
The configure event asks the client to resize its surface.
The size is a hint, in the sense that the client is free to
ignore it if it doesn't resize, pick a smaller size (to
satisfy aspect ratio or resize in steps of NxM pixels).
The edges parameter provides a hint about how the surface
was resized. The client may use this information to decide
how to adjust its content to the new size (e.g. a scrolling
area might adjust its content position to leave the viewable
content unmoved).
The client is free to dismiss all but the last configure
event it received.
The width and height arguments specify the size of the window
in surface-local coordinates.
The popup_done event is sent out when a popup grab is broken,
that is, when the user clicks a surface that doesn't belong
to the client owning the popup surface.
A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
It has a location, size and pixel contents.
The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
or a buffer_scale is used.
A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
(wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
(wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
specification.
Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
object' before the wl_surface.
Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
switching is not allowed).
These errors can be emitted in response to wl_surface requests.
Deletes the surface and invalidates its object ID.
Set a buffer as the content of this surface.
The new size of the surface is calculated based on the buffer
size transformed by the inverse buffer_transform and the
inverse buffer_scale. This means that the supplied buffer
must be an integer multiple of the buffer_scale.
The x and y arguments specify the location of the new pending
buffer's upper left corner, relative to the current buffer's upper
left corner, in surface-local coordinates. In other words, the
x and y, combined with the new surface size define in which
directions the surface's size changes.
Surface contents are double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
The initial surface contents are void; there is no content.
wl_surface.attach assigns the given wl_buffer as the pending
wl_buffer. wl_surface.commit makes the pending wl_buffer the new
surface contents, and the size of the surface becomes the size
calculated from the wl_buffer, as described above. After commit,
there is no pending buffer until the next attach.
Committing a pending wl_buffer allows the compositor to read the
pixels in the wl_buffer. The compositor may access the pixels at
any time after the wl_surface.commit request. When the compositor
will not access the pixels anymore, it will send the
wl_buffer.release event. Only after receiving wl_buffer.release,
the client may reuse the wl_buffer. A wl_buffer that has been
attached and then replaced by another attach instead of committed
will not receive a release event, and is not used by the
compositor.
Destroying the wl_buffer after wl_buffer.release does not change
the surface contents. However, if the client destroys the
wl_buffer before receiving the wl_buffer.release event, the surface
contents become undefined immediately.
If wl_surface.attach is sent with a NULL wl_buffer, the
following wl_surface.commit will remove the surface content.
This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
The damage rectangle is specified in surface-local coordinates,
where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
wl_surface.damage adds pending damage: the new pending damage
is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
damage as it repaints the surface.
Alternatively, damage can be posted with wl_surface.damage_buffer
which uses buffer coordinates instead of surface coordinates,
and is probably the preferred and intuitive way of doing this.
Request a notification when it is a good time to start drawing a new
frame, by creating a frame callback. This is useful for throttling
redrawing operations, and driving animations.
When a client is animating on a wl_surface, it can use the 'frame'
request to get notified when it is a good time to draw and commit the
next frame of animation. If the client commits an update earlier than
that, it is likely that some updates will not make it to the display,
and the client is wasting resources by drawing too often.
The frame request will take effect on the next wl_surface.commit.
The notification will only be posted for one frame unless
requested again. For a wl_surface, the notifications are posted in
the order the frame requests were committed.
The server must send the notifications so that a client
will not send excessive updates, while still allowing
the highest possible update rate for clients that wait for the reply
before drawing again. The server should give some time for the client
to draw and commit after sending the frame callback events to let it
hit the next output refresh.
A server should avoid signaling the frame callbacks if the
surface is not visible in any way, e.g. the surface is off-screen,
or completely obscured by other opaque surfaces.
The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
attempt to use it after that point.
The callback_data passed in the callback is the current time, in
milliseconds, with an undefined base.
This request sets the region of the surface that contains
opaque content.
The opaque region is an optimization hint for the compositor
that lets it optimize the redrawing of content behind opaque
regions. Setting an opaque region is not required for correct
behaviour, but marking transparent content as opaque will result
in repaint artifacts.
The opaque region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
The compositor ignores the parts of the opaque region that fall
outside of the surface.
Opaque region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
wl_surface.set_opaque_region changes the pending opaque region.
wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
Otherwise, the pending and current regions are never changed.
The initial value for an opaque region is empty. Setting the pending
opaque region has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be
destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the pending opaque
region to be set to empty.
This request sets the region of the surface that can receive
pointer and touch events.
Input events happening outside of this region will try the next
surface in the server surface stack. The compositor ignores the
parts of the input region that fall outside of the surface.
The input region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
Input region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
wl_surface.set_input_region changes the pending input region.
wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
Otherwise the pending and current regions are never changed,
except cursor and icon surfaces are special cases, see
wl_pointer.set_cursor and wl_data_device.start_drag.
The initial value for an input region is infinite. That means the
whole surface will accept input. Setting the pending input region
has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be destroyed
immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the input region to be set
to infinite.
Surface state (input, opaque, and damage regions, attached buffers,
etc.) is double-buffered. Protocol requests modify the pending state,
as opposed to the current state in use by the compositor. A commit
request atomically applies all pending state, replacing the current
state. After commit, the new pending state is as documented for each
related request.
On commit, a pending wl_buffer is applied first, and all other state
second. This means that all coordinates in double-buffered state are
relative to the new wl_buffer coming into use, except for
wl_surface.attach itself. If there is no pending wl_buffer, the
coordinates are relative to the current surface contents.
All requests that need a commit to become effective are documented
to affect double-buffered state.
Other interfaces may add further double-buffered surface state.
This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or resizing
results in some part of it being within the scanout region of an
output.
Note that a surface may be overlapping with zero or more outputs.
This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or resizing
results in it no longer having any part of it within the scanout region
of an output.
This request sets an optional transformation on how the compositor
interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the surface. The
accepted values for the transform parameter are the values for
wl_output.transform.
Buffer transform is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
A newly created surface has its buffer transformation set to normal.
wl_surface.set_buffer_transform changes the pending buffer
transformation. wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer
transformation to the current one. Otherwise, the pending and current
values are never changed.
The purpose of this request is to allow clients to render content
according to the output transform, thus permitting the compositor to
use certain optimizations even if the display is rotated. Using
hardware overlays and scanning out a client buffer for fullscreen
surfaces are examples of such optimizations. Those optimizations are
highly dependent on the compositor implementation, so the use of this
request should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Note that if the transform value includes 90 or 270 degree rotation,
the width of the buffer will become the surface height and the height
of the buffer will become the surface width.
If transform is not one of the values from the
wl_output.transform enum the invalid_transform protocol error
is raised.
This request sets an optional scaling factor on how the compositor
interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the window.
Buffer scale is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
A newly created surface has its buffer scale set to 1.
wl_surface.set_buffer_scale changes the pending buffer scale.
wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer scale to the current one.
Otherwise, the pending and current values are never changed.
The purpose of this request is to allow clients to supply higher
resolution buffer data for use on high resolution outputs. It is
intended that you pick the same buffer scale as the scale of the
output that the surface is displayed on. This means the compositor
can avoid scaling when rendering the surface on that output.
Note that if the scale is larger than 1, then you have to attach
a buffer that is larger (by a factor of scale in each dimension)
than the desired surface size.
If scale is not positive the invalid_scale protocol error is
raised.
This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
The damage rectangle is specified in buffer coordinates,
where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
wl_surface.damage_buffer adds pending damage: the new pending
damage is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
damage as it repaints the surface.
This request differs from wl_surface.damage in only one way - it
takes damage in buffer coordinates instead of surface-local
coordinates. While this generally is more intuitive than surface
coordinates, it is especially desirable when using wp_viewport
or when a drawing library (like EGL) is unaware of buffer scale
and buffer transform.
Note: Because buffer transformation changes and damage requests may
be interleaved in the protocol stream, it is impossible to determine
the actual mapping between surface and buffer damage until
wl_surface.commit time. Therefore, compositors wishing to take both
kinds of damage into account will have to accumulate damage from the
two requests separately and only transform from one to the other
after receiving the wl_surface.commit.
A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
This is a bitmask of capabilities this seat has; if a member is
set, then it is present on the seat.
This is emitted whenever a seat gains or loses the pointer,
keyboard or touch capabilities. The argument is a capability
enum containing the complete set of capabilities this seat has.
When the pointer capability is added, a client may create a
wl_pointer object using the wl_seat.get_pointer request. This object
will receive pointer events until the capability is removed in the
future.
When the pointer capability is removed, a client should destroy the
wl_pointer objects associated with the seat where the capability was
removed, using the wl_pointer.release request. No further pointer
events will be received on these objects.
In some compositors, if a seat regains the pointer capability and a
client has a previously obtained wl_pointer object of version 4 or
less, that object may start sending pointer events again. This
behavior is considered a misinterpretation of the intended behavior
and must not be relied upon by the client. wl_pointer objects of
version 5 or later must not send events if created before the most
recent event notifying the client of an added pointer capability.
The above behavior also applies to wl_keyboard and wl_touch with the
keyboard and touch capabilities, respectively.
The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_pointer interface
for this seat.
This request only takes effect if the seat has the pointer
capability, or has had the pointer capability in the past.
It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
never had the pointer capability.
The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_keyboard interface
for this seat.
This request only takes effect if the seat has the keyboard
capability, or has had the keyboard capability in the past.
It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
never had the keyboard capability.
The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_touch interface
for this seat.
This request only takes effect if the seat has the touch
capability, or has had the touch capability in the past.
It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
never had the touch capability.
In a multiseat configuration this can be used by the client to help
identify which physical devices the seat represents. Based on
the seat configuration used by the compositor.
Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
use the seat object anymore.
The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
of a seat.
The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
and scrolling.
Set the pointer surface, i.e., the surface that contains the
pointer image (cursor). This request gives the surface the role
of a cursor. If the surface already has another role, it raises
a protocol error.
The cursor actually changes only if the pointer
focus for this device is one of the requesting client's surfaces
or the surface parameter is the current pointer surface. If
there was a previous surface set with this request it is
replaced. If surface is NULL, the pointer image is hidden.
The parameters hotspot_x and hotspot_y define the position of
the pointer surface relative to the pointer location. Its
top-left corner is always at (x, y) - (hotspot_x, hotspot_y),
where (x, y) are the coordinates of the pointer location, in
surface-local coordinates.
On surface.attach requests to the pointer surface, hotspot_x
and hotspot_y are decremented by the x and y parameters
passed to the request. Attach must be confirmed by
wl_surface.commit as usual.
The hotspot can also be updated by passing the currently set
pointer surface to this request with new values for hotspot_x
and hotspot_y.
The current and pending input regions of the wl_surface are
cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
wl_surface is no longer used as the cursor. When the use as a
cursor ends, the current and pending input regions become
undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
Notification that this seat's pointer is focused on a certain
surface.
When a seat's focus enters a surface, the pointer image
is undefined and a client should respond to this event by setting
an appropriate pointer image with the set_cursor request.
Notification that this seat's pointer is no longer focused on
a certain surface.
The leave notification is sent before the enter notification
for the new focus.
Notification of pointer location change. The arguments
surface_x and surface_y are the location relative to the
focused surface.
Describes the physical state of a button that produced the button
event.
Mouse button click and release notifications.
The location of the click is given by the last motion or
enter event.
The time argument is a timestamp with millisecond
granularity, with an undefined base.
The button is a button code as defined in the Linux kernel's
linux/input-event-codes.h header file, e.g. BTN_LEFT.
Any 16-bit button code value is reserved for future additions to the
kernel's event code list. All other button codes above 0xFFFF are
currently undefined but may be used in future versions of this
protocol.
Describes the axis types of scroll events.
Scroll and other axis notifications.
For scroll events (vertical and horizontal scroll axes), the
value parameter is the length of a vector along the specified
axis in a coordinate space identical to those of motion events,
representing a relative movement along the specified axis.
For devices that support movements non-parallel to axes multiple
axis events will be emitted.
When applicable, for example for touch pads, the server can
choose to emit scroll events where the motion vector is
equivalent to a motion event vector.
When applicable, a client can transform its content relative to the
scroll distance.
Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
use the pointer object anymore.
This request destroys the pointer proxy object, so clients must not call
wl_pointer_destroy() after using this request.
Indicates the end of a set of events that logically belong together.
A client is expected to accumulate the data in all events within the
frame before proceeding.
All wl_pointer events before a wl_pointer.frame event belong
logically together. For example, in a diagonal scroll motion the
compositor will send an optional wl_pointer.axis_source event, two
wl_pointer.axis events (horizontal and vertical) and finally a
wl_pointer.frame event. The client may use this information to
calculate a diagonal vector for scrolling.
When multiple wl_pointer.axis events occur within the same frame,
the motion vector is the combined motion of all events.
When a wl_pointer.axis and a wl_pointer.axis_stop event occur within
the same frame, this indicates that axis movement in one axis has
stopped but continues in the other axis.
When multiple wl_pointer.axis_stop events occur within the same
frame, this indicates that these axes stopped in the same instance.
A wl_pointer.frame event is sent for every logical event group,
even if the group only contains a single wl_pointer event.
Specifically, a client may get a sequence: motion, frame, button,
frame, axis, frame, axis_stop, frame.
The wl_pointer.enter and wl_pointer.leave events are logical events
generated by the compositor and not the hardware. These events are
also grouped by a wl_pointer.frame. When a pointer moves from one
surface to another, a compositor should group the
wl_pointer.leave event within the same wl_pointer.frame.
However, a client must not rely on wl_pointer.leave and
wl_pointer.enter being in the same wl_pointer.frame.
Compositor-specific policies may require the wl_pointer.leave and
wl_pointer.enter event being split across multiple wl_pointer.frame
groups.
Describes the source types for axis events. This indicates to the
client how an axis event was physically generated; a client may
adjust the user interface accordingly. For example, scroll events
from a "finger" source may be in a smooth coordinate space with
kinetic scrolling whereas a "wheel" source may be in discrete steps
of a number of lines.
The "continuous" axis source is a device generating events in a
continuous coordinate space, but using something other than a
finger. One example for this source is button-based scrolling where
the vertical motion of a device is converted to scroll events while
a button is held down.
The "wheel tilt" axis source indicates that the actual device is a
wheel but the scroll event is not caused by a rotation but a
(usually sideways) tilt of the wheel.
Source information for scroll and other axes.
This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
wl_pointer.frame event and carries the source information for
all events within that frame.
The source specifies how this event was generated. If the source is
wl_pointer.axis_source.finger, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event will be
sent when the user lifts the finger off the device.
If the source is wl_pointer.axis_source.wheel,
wl_pointer.axis_source.wheel_tilt or
wl_pointer.axis_source.continuous, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event may
or may not be sent. Whether a compositor sends an axis_stop event
for these sources is hardware-specific and implementation-dependent;
clients must not rely on receiving an axis_stop event for these
scroll sources and should treat scroll sequences from these scroll
sources as unterminated by default.
This event is optional. If the source is unknown for a particular
axis event sequence, no event is sent.
Only one wl_pointer.axis_source event is permitted per frame.
The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source is
not guaranteed.
Stop notification for scroll and other axes.
For some wl_pointer.axis_source types, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event
is sent to notify a client that the axis sequence has terminated.
This enables the client to implement kinetic scrolling.
See the wl_pointer.axis_source documentation for information on when
this event may be generated.
Any wl_pointer.axis events with the same axis_source after this
event should be considered as the start of a new axis motion.
The timestamp is to be interpreted identical to the timestamp in the
wl_pointer.axis event. The timestamp value may be the same as a
preceding wl_pointer.axis event.
Discrete step information for scroll and other axes.
This event carries the axis value of the wl_pointer.axis event in
discrete steps (e.g. mouse wheel clicks).
This event does not occur on its own, it is coupled with a
wl_pointer.axis event that represents this axis value on a
continuous scale. The protocol guarantees that each axis_discrete
event is always followed by exactly one axis event with the same
axis number within the same wl_pointer.frame. Note that the protocol
allows for other events to occur between the axis_discrete and
its coupled axis event, including other axis_discrete or axis
events.
This event is optional; continuous scrolling devices
like two-finger scrolling on touchpads do not have discrete
steps and do not generate this event.
The discrete value carries the directional information. e.g. a value
of -2 is two steps towards the negative direction of this axis.
The axis number is identical to the axis number in the associated
axis event.
The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source is
not guaranteed.
The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
associated with a seat.
This specifies the format of the keymap provided to the
client with the wl_keyboard.keymap event.
This event provides a file descriptor to the client which can be
memory-mapped to provide a keyboard mapping description.
Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is on a certain
surface.
Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is no longer on
a certain surface.
The leave notification is sent before the enter notification
for the new focus.
Describes the physical state of a key that produced the key event.
A key was pressed or released.
The time argument is a timestamp with millisecond
granularity, with an undefined base.
Notifies clients that the modifier and/or group state has
changed, and it should update its local state.
Informs the client about the keyboard's repeat rate and delay.
This event is sent as soon as the wl_keyboard object has been created,
and is guaranteed to be received by the client before any key press
event.
Negative values for either rate or delay are illegal. A rate of zero
will disable any repeating (regardless of the value of delay).
This event can be sent later on as well with a new value if necessary,
so clients should continue listening for the event past the creation
of wl_keyboard.
The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
associated with a seat.
Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
A new touch point has appeared on the surface. This touch point is
assigned a unique ID. Future events from this touch point reference
this ID. The ID ceases to be valid after a touch up event and may be
reused in the future.
The touch point has disappeared. No further events will be sent for
this touch point and the touch point's ID is released and may be
reused in a future touch down event.
A touch point has changed coordinates.
Indicates the end of a set of events that logically belong together.
A client is expected to accumulate the data in all events within the
frame before proceeding.
A wl_touch.frame terminates at least one event but otherwise no
guarantee is provided about the set of events within a frame. A client
must assume that any state not updated in a frame is unchanged from the
previously known state.
Sent if the compositor decides the touch stream is a global
gesture. No further events are sent to the clients from that
particular gesture. Touch cancellation applies to all touch points
currently active on this client's surface. The client is
responsible for finalizing the touch points, future touch points on
this surface may reuse the touch point ID.
Sent when a touchpoint has changed its shape.
This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
wl_touch.frame event and carries the new shape information for
any previously reported, or new touch points of that frame.
Other events describing the touch point such as wl_touch.down,
wl_touch.motion or wl_touch.orientation may be sent within the
same wl_touch.frame. A client should treat these events as a single
logical touch point update. The order of wl_touch.shape,
wl_touch.orientation and wl_touch.motion is not guaranteed.
A wl_touch.down event is guaranteed to occur before the first
wl_touch.shape event for this touch ID but both events may occur within
the same wl_touch.frame.
A touchpoint shape is approximated by an ellipse through the major and
minor axis length. The major axis length describes the longer diameter
of the ellipse, while the minor axis length describes the shorter
diameter. Major and minor are orthogonal and both are specified in
surface-local coordinates. The center of the ellipse is always at the
touchpoint location as reported by wl_touch.down or wl_touch.move.
This event is only sent by the compositor if the touch device supports
shape reports. The client has to make reasonable assumptions about the
shape if it did not receive this event.
Sent when a touchpoint has changed its orientation.
This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
wl_touch.frame event and carries the new shape information for
any previously reported, or new touch points of that frame.
Other events describing the touch point such as wl_touch.down,
wl_touch.motion or wl_touch.shape may be sent within the
same wl_touch.frame. A client should treat these events as a single
logical touch point update. The order of wl_touch.shape,
wl_touch.orientation and wl_touch.motion is not guaranteed.
A wl_touch.down event is guaranteed to occur before the first
wl_touch.orientation event for this touch ID but both events may occur
within the same wl_touch.frame.
The orientation describes the clockwise angle of a touchpoint's major
axis to the positive surface y-axis and is normalized to the -180 to
+180 degree range. The granularity of orientation depends on the touch
device, some devices only support binary rotation values between 0 and
90 degrees.
This event is only sent by the compositor if the touch device supports
orientation reports.
An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
This enumeration describes how the physical
pixels on an output are laid out.
This describes the transform that a compositor will apply to a
surface to compensate for the rotation or mirroring of an
output device.
The flipped values correspond to an initial flip around a
vertical axis followed by rotation.
The purpose is mainly to allow clients to render accordingly and
tell the compositor, so that for fullscreen surfaces, the
compositor will still be able to scan out directly from client
surfaces.
The geometry event describes geometric properties of the output.
The event is sent when binding to the output object and whenever
any of the properties change.
These flags describe properties of an output mode.
They are used in the flags bitfield of the mode event.
The mode event describes an available mode for the output.
The event is sent when binding to the output object and there
will always be one mode, the current mode. The event is sent
again if an output changes mode, for the mode that is now
current. In other words, the current mode is always the last
mode that was received with the current flag set.
The size of a mode is given in physical hardware units of
the output device. This is not necessarily the same as
the output size in the global compositor space. For instance,
the output may be scaled, as described in wl_output.scale,
or transformed, as described in wl_output.transform.
This event is sent after all other properties have been
sent after binding to the output object and after any
other property changes done after that. This allows
changes to the output properties to be seen as
atomic, even if they happen via multiple events.
This event contains scaling geometry information
that is not in the geometry event. It may be sent after
binding the output object or if the output scale changes
later. If it is not sent, the client should assume a
scale of 1.
A scale larger than 1 means that the compositor will
automatically scale surface buffers by this amount
when rendering. This is used for very high resolution
displays where applications rendering at the native
resolution would be too small to be legible.
It is intended that scaling aware clients track the
current output of a surface, and if it is on a scaled
output it should use wl_surface.set_buffer_scale with
the scale of the output. That way the compositor can
avoid scaling the surface, and the client can supply
a higher detail image.
Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
use the output object anymore.
A region object describes an area.
Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
regions of a surface.
Destroy the region. This will invalidate the object ID.
Add the specified rectangle to the region.
Subtract the specified rectangle from the region.
The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
a tree of sub-surfaces.
The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
such.
The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
Informs the server that the client will not be using this
protocol object anymore. This does not affect any other
objects, wl_subsurface objects included.
Create a sub-surface interface for the given surface, and
associate it with the given parent surface. This turns a
plain wl_surface into a sub-surface.
The to-be sub-surface must not already have another role, and it
must not have an existing wl_subsurface object. Otherwise a protocol
error is raised.
An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
parent's area.
A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
recursively through the tree of surfaces.
The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
synchronized mode.
Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
.place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
the sub-surface.
If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
unmapped.
The sub-surface interface is removed from the wl_surface object
that was turned into a sub-surface with a
wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface request. The wl_surface's association
to the parent is deleted, and the wl_surface loses its role as
a sub-surface. The wl_surface is unmapped.
This schedules a sub-surface position change.
The sub-surface will be moved so that its origin (top left
corner pixel) will be at the location x, y of the parent surface
coordinate system. The coordinates are not restricted to the parent
surface area. Negative values are allowed.
The scheduled coordinates will take effect whenever the state of the
parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the
parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
If more than one set_position request is invoked by the client before
the commit of the parent surface, the position of a new request always
replaces the scheduled position from any previous request.
The initial position is 0, 0.
This sub-surface is taken from the stack, and put back just
above the reference surface, changing the z-order of the sub-surfaces.
The reference surface must be one of the sibling surfaces, or the
parent surface. Using any other surface, including this sub-surface,
will cause a protocol error.
The z-order is double-buffered. Requests are handled in order and
applied immediately to a pending state. The final pending state is
copied to the active state the next time the state of the parent
surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the parent
surface is in synchronized mode or not. See wl_subsurface.set_sync and
wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
A new sub-surface is initially added as the top-most in the stack
of its siblings and parent.
The sub-surface is placed just below the reference surface.
See wl_subsurface.place_above.
Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to synchronized
mode, also described as the parent dependent mode.
In synchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
accumulate the committed state in a cache, but the state will
not be applied and hence will not change the compositor output.
The cached state is applied to the sub-surface immediately after
the parent surface's state is applied. This ensures atomic
updates of the parent and all its synchronized sub-surfaces.
Applying the cached state will invalidate the cache, so further
parent surface commits do not (re-)apply old state.
See wl_subsurface for the recursive effect of this mode.
Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to desynchronized
mode, also described as independent or freely running mode.
In desynchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
apply the pending state directly, without caching, as happens
normally with a wl_surface. Calling wl_surface.commit on the
parent surface has no effect on the sub-surface's wl_surface
state. This mode allows a sub-surface to be updated on its own.
If cached state exists when wl_surface.commit is called in
desynchronized mode, the pending state is added to the cached
state, and applied as a whole. This invalidates the cache.
Note: even if a sub-surface is set to desynchronized, a parent
sub-surface may override it to behave as synchronized. For details,
see wl_subsurface.
If a surface's parent surface behaves as desynchronized, then
the cached state is applied on set_desync.
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/example-client.h 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000532554 13142400404 015320 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
#ifndef WAYLAND_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
#define WAYLAND_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
#include
#include
#include "wayland-client.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* @page page_wayland The wayland protocol
* @section page_ifaces_wayland Interfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_display - core global object
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_registry - global registry object
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_callback - callback object
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_compositor - the compositor singleton
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm_pool - a shared memory pool
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm - shared memory support
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_buffer - content for a wl_surface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_offer - offer to transfer data
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_source - offer to transfer data
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device - data transfer device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device_manager - data transfer interface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell - create desktop-style surfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell_surface - desktop-style metadata interface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_surface - an onscreen surface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_seat - group of input devices
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_pointer - pointer input device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_keyboard - keyboard input device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_touch - touchscreen input device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_output - compositor output region
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_region - region interface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_subcompositor - sub-surface compositing
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_subsurface - sub-surface interface to a wl_surface
* @section page_copyright_wayland Copyright
*
*
* Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
* Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
* Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
struct wl_buffer;
struct wl_callback;
struct wl_compositor;
struct wl_data_device;
struct wl_data_device_manager;
struct wl_data_offer;
struct wl_data_source;
struct wl_display;
struct wl_keyboard;
struct wl_output;
struct wl_pointer;
struct wl_region;
struct wl_registry;
struct wl_seat;
struct wl_shell;
struct wl_shell_surface;
struct wl_shm;
struct wl_shm_pool;
struct wl_subcompositor;
struct wl_subsurface;
struct wl_surface;
struct wl_touch;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_display wl_display
* @section page_iface_wl_display_desc Description
*
* The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
* is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
* @section page_iface_wl_display_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_display.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_display The wl_display interface
*
* The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
* is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_display_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_registry wl_registry
* @section page_iface_wl_registry_desc Description
*
* The singleton global registry object. The server has a number of
* global objects that are available to all clients. These objects
* typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
* an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
* extension functionality.
*
* When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
* will emit a global event for each global currently in the
* registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
* monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
* registry will send out global and global_remove events to
* keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
* of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
* wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
* wl_display.get_registry.
*
* A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
* request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
* emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
* the object.
* @section page_iface_wl_registry_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_registry.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_registry The wl_registry interface
*
* The singleton global registry object. The server has a number of
* global objects that are available to all clients. These objects
* typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
* an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
* extension functionality.
*
* When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
* will emit a global event for each global currently in the
* registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
* monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
* registry will send out global and global_remove events to
* keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
* of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
* wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
* wl_display.get_registry.
*
* A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
* request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
* emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
* the object.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_callback wl_callback
* @section page_iface_wl_callback_desc Description
*
* Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
* the related request is done.
* @section page_iface_wl_callback_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_callback.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_callback The wl_callback interface
*
* Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
* the related request is done.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_compositor wl_compositor
* @section page_iface_wl_compositor_desc Description
*
* A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
* compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
* surfaces into one displayable output.
* @section page_iface_wl_compositor_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_compositor.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_compositor The wl_compositor interface
*
* A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
* compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
* surfaces into one displayable output.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_compositor_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shm_pool wl_shm_pool
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_desc Description
*
* The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
* between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
* object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
* All objects created through the same pool share the same
* underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
* setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
* a surface or for many small buffers.
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shm_pool.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shm_pool The wl_shm_pool interface
*
* The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
* between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
* object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
* All objects created through the same pool share the same
* underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
* setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
* a surface or for many small buffers.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shm wl_shm
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_desc Description
*
* A singleton global object that provides support for shared
* memory.
*
* Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
* request.
*
* At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
* format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
* that can be used for buffers.
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shm.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shm The wl_shm interface
*
* A singleton global object that provides support for shared
* memory.
*
* Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
* request.
*
* At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
* format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
* that can be used for buffers.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_buffer wl_buffer
* @section page_iface_wl_buffer_desc Description
*
* A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
* created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
* similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
* wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
* updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
* @section page_iface_wl_buffer_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_buffer.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_buffer The wl_buffer interface
*
* A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
* created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
* similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
* wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
* updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_offer wl_data_offer
* @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_desc Description
*
* A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
* by another client (the source client). It is used by the
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
* describes the different mime types that the data can be
* converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
* data directly from the source client.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_offer.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_offer The wl_data_offer interface
*
* A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
* by another client (the source client). It is used by the
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
* describes the different mime types that the data can be
* converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
* data directly from the source client.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_source wl_data_source
* @section page_iface_wl_data_source_desc Description
*
* The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
* It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
* provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
* to requests to transfer the data.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_source_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_source.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_source The wl_data_source interface
*
* The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
* It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
* provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
* to requests to transfer the data.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_device wl_data_device
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_desc Description
*
* There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
* from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
*
* A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
* mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_device.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_device The wl_data_device interface
*
* There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
* from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
*
* A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
* mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_device_manager wl_data_device_manager
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_desc Description
*
* The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
* provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
* a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
* corresponding to a wl_seat.
*
* Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
* wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
* functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
* wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_device_manager.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_device_manager The wl_data_device_manager interface
*
* The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
* provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
* a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
* corresponding to a wl_seat.
*
* Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
* wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
* functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
* wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_manager_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shell wl_shell
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_desc Description
*
* This interface is implemented by servers that provide
* desktop-style user interfaces.
*
* It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
* a basic surface.
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shell.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shell The wl_shell interface
*
* This interface is implemented by servers that provide
* desktop-style user interfaces.
*
* It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
* a basic surface.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shell_surface wl_shell_surface
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_desc Description
*
* An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
* implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
*
* It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
* or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
* metadata like title and class, etc.
*
* On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
* the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
* wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
* the wl_surface object.
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shell_surface.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shell_surface The wl_shell_surface interface
*
* An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
* implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
*
* It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
* or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
* metadata like title and class, etc.
*
* On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
* the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
* wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
* the wl_surface object.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_surface wl_surface
* @section page_iface_wl_surface_desc Description
*
* A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
* It has a location, size and pixel contents.
*
* The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
* in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
* coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
* or a buffer_scale is used.
*
* A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
* not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
* purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
* pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
* (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
* (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
* shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
*
* A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
* wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
* role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
* wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
* unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
* specification.
*
* Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
* wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
* that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
* request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
* role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
* client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
* object' before the wl_surface.
*
* Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
* wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
* For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
* it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
* z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
* wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
* a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
* switching is not allowed).
* @section page_iface_wl_surface_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_surface.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_surface The wl_surface interface
*
* A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
* It has a location, size and pixel contents.
*
* The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
* in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
* coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
* or a buffer_scale is used.
*
* A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
* not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
* purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
* pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
* (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
* (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
* shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
*
* A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
* wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
* role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
* wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
* unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
* specification.
*
* Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
* wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
* that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
* request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
* role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
* client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
* object' before the wl_surface.
*
* Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
* wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
* For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
* it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
* z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
* wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
* a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
* switching is not allowed).
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_seat wl_seat
* @section page_iface_wl_seat_desc Description
*
* A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
* object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
* device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
* maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
* @section page_iface_wl_seat_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_seat.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_seat The wl_seat interface
*
* A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
* object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
* device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
* maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_pointer wl_pointer
* @section page_iface_wl_pointer_desc Description
*
* The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
* such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
* of a seat.
*
* The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
* events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
* and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
* and scrolling.
* @section page_iface_wl_pointer_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_pointer.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_pointer The wl_pointer interface
*
* The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
* such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
* of a seat.
*
* The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
* events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
* and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
* and scrolling.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_keyboard wl_keyboard
* @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_desc Description
*
* The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
* associated with a seat.
* @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_keyboard.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_keyboard The wl_keyboard interface
*
* The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
* associated with a seat.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_touch wl_touch
* @section page_iface_wl_touch_desc Description
*
* The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
* associated with a seat.
*
* Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
* For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
* with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
* and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
* contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
* @section page_iface_wl_touch_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_touch.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_touch The wl_touch interface
*
* The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
* associated with a seat.
*
* Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
* For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
* with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
* and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
* contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_output wl_output
* @section page_iface_wl_output_desc Description
*
* An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
* compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
* output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
* actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
* displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
* as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
* @section page_iface_wl_output_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_output.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_output The wl_output interface
*
* An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
* compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
* output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
* actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
* displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
* as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_region wl_region
* @section page_iface_wl_region_desc Description
*
* A region object describes an area.
*
* Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
* regions of a surface.
* @section page_iface_wl_region_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_region.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_region The wl_region interface
*
* A region object describes an area.
*
* Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
* regions of a surface.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_subcompositor wl_subcompositor
* @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_desc Description
*
* The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
* A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
* parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
* a tree of sub-surfaces.
*
* The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
* surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
* sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
*
* A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
* For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
* to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
* such.
*
* The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
* within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
* a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
* objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
* processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
* @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_subcompositor.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_subcompositor The wl_subcompositor interface
*
* The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
* A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
* parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
* a tree of sub-surfaces.
*
* The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
* surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
* sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
*
* A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
* For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
* to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
* such.
*
* The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
* within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
* a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
* objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
* processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_subcompositor_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_subsurface wl_subsurface
* @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_desc Description
*
* An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
* made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
* sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
* Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
* parent's area.
*
* A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
* and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
* first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
* hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
* recursively through the tree of surfaces.
*
* The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
* depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
* synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
* mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
* state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
* wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
* synchronized mode.
*
* Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
* wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
* state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
* surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
* the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
* .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
* wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
* As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
*
* The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
* since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
*
* Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
* in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
* synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
* tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
* synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
* sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
*
* If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
* wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
* takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
* of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
* first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
* the sub-surface.
*
* If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
* unmapped.
* @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_subsurface.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_subsurface The wl_subsurface interface
*
* An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
* made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
* sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
* Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
* parent's area.
*
* A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
* and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
* first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
* hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
* recursively through the tree of surfaces.
*
* The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
* depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
* synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
* mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
* state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
* wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
* synchronized mode.
*
* Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
* wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
* state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
* surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
* the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
* .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
* wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
* As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
*
* The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
* since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
*
* Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
* in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
* synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
* tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
* synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
* sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
*
* If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
* wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
* takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
* of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
* first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
* the sub-surface.
*
* If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
* unmapped.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface;
#ifndef WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
* global error values
*
* These errors are global and can be emitted in response to any
* server request.
*/
enum wl_display_error {
/**
* server couldn't find object
*/
WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_OBJECT = 0,
/**
* method doesn't exist on the specified interface
*/
WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_METHOD = 1,
/**
* server is out of memory
*/
WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_NO_MEMORY = 2,
};
#endif /* WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
* @struct wl_display_listener
*/
struct wl_display_listener {
/**
* fatal error event
*
* The error event is sent out when a fatal (non-recoverable)
* error has occurred. The object_id argument is the object where
* the error occurred, most often in response to a request to that
* object. The code identifies the error and is defined by the
* object interface. As such, each interface defines its own set of
* error codes. The message is a brief description of the error,
* for (debugging) convenience.
* @param object_id object where the error occurred
* @param code error code
* @param message error description
*/
void (*error)(void *data,
struct wl_display *wl_display,
void *object_id,
uint32_t code,
const char *message);
/**
* acknowledge object ID deletion
*
* This event is used internally by the object ID management
* logic. When a client deletes an object, the server will send
* this event to acknowledge that it has seen the delete request.
* When the client receives this event, it will know that it can
* safely reuse the object ID.
* @param id deleted object ID
*/
void (*delete_id)(void *data,
struct wl_display *wl_display,
uint32_t id);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
static inline int
wl_display_add_listener(struct wl_display *wl_display,
const struct wl_display_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_DISPLAY_SYNC 0
#define WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_DELETE_ID_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_display */
static inline void
wl_display_set_user_data(struct wl_display *wl_display, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_display */
static inline void *
wl_display_get_user_data(struct wl_display *wl_display)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_display_get_version(struct wl_display *wl_display)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*
* The sync request asks the server to emit the 'done' event
* on the returned wl_callback object. Since requests are
* handled in-order and events are delivered in-order, this can
* be used as a barrier to ensure all previous requests and the
* resulting events have been handled.
*
* The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
* compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
* attempt to use it after that point.
*
* The callback_data passed in the callback is the event serial.
*/
static inline struct wl_callback *
wl_display_sync(struct wl_display *wl_display)
{
struct wl_proxy *callback;
callback = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display,
WL_DISPLAY_SYNC, &wl_callback_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_callback *) callback;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*
* This request creates a registry object that allows the client
* to list and bind the global objects available from the
* compositor.
*/
static inline struct wl_registry *
wl_display_get_registry(struct wl_display *wl_display)
{
struct wl_proxy *registry;
registry = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display,
WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY, &wl_registry_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_registry *) registry;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
* @struct wl_registry_listener
*/
struct wl_registry_listener {
/**
* announce global object
*
* Notify the client of global objects.
*
* The event notifies the client that a global object with the
* given name is now available, and it implements the given version
* of the given interface.
* @param name numeric name of the global object
* @param interface interface implemented by the object
* @param version interface version
*/
void (*global)(void *data,
struct wl_registry *wl_registry,
uint32_t name,
const char *interface,
uint32_t version);
/**
* announce removal of global object
*
* Notify the client of removed global objects.
*
* This event notifies the client that the global identified by
* name is no longer available. If the client bound to the global
* using the bind request, the client should now destroy that
* object.
*
* The object remains valid and requests to the object will be
* ignored until the client destroys it, to avoid races between the
* global going away and a client sending a request to it.
* @param name numeric name of the global object
*/
void (*global_remove)(void *data,
struct wl_registry *wl_registry,
uint32_t name);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
static inline int
wl_registry_add_listener(struct wl_registry *wl_registry,
const struct wl_registry_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_REGISTRY_BIND 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
#define WL_REGISTRY_BIND_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_registry */
static inline void
wl_registry_set_user_data(struct wl_registry *wl_registry, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_registry */
static inline void *
wl_registry_get_user_data(struct wl_registry *wl_registry)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_registry_get_version(struct wl_registry *wl_registry)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_registry */
static inline void
wl_registry_destroy(struct wl_registry *wl_registry)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*
* Binds a new, client-created object to the server using the
* specified name as the identifier.
*/
static inline void *
wl_registry_bind(struct wl_registry *wl_registry, uint32_t name, const struct wl_interface *interface, uint32_t version)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor_versioned((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry,
WL_REGISTRY_BIND, interface, version, name, interface->name, version, NULL);
return (void *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_callback
* @struct wl_callback_listener
*/
struct wl_callback_listener {
/**
* done event
*
* Notify the client when the related request is done.
* @param callback_data request-specific data for the callback
*/
void (*done)(void *data,
struct wl_callback *wl_callback,
uint32_t callback_data);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_callback
*/
static inline int
wl_callback_add_listener(struct wl_callback *wl_callback,
const struct wl_callback_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_callback
*/
#define WL_CALLBACK_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_callback */
static inline void
wl_callback_set_user_data(struct wl_callback *wl_callback, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_callback */
static inline void *
wl_callback_get_user_data(struct wl_callback *wl_callback)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_callback_get_version(struct wl_callback *wl_callback)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_callback */
static inline void
wl_callback_destroy(struct wl_callback *wl_callback)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback);
}
#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE 0
#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
*/
#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
*/
#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_compositor */
static inline void
wl_compositor_set_user_data(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_compositor */
static inline void *
wl_compositor_get_user_data(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_compositor_get_version(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_compositor */
static inline void
wl_compositor_destroy(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
*
* Ask the compositor to create a new surface.
*/
static inline struct wl_surface *
wl_compositor_create_surface(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor,
WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE, &wl_surface_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_surface *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
*
* Ask the compositor to create a new region.
*/
static inline struct wl_region *
wl_compositor_create_region(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor,
WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION, &wl_region_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_region *) id;
}
#define WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER 0
#define WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY 1
#define WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*/
#define WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*/
#define WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*/
#define WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool */
static inline void
wl_shm_pool_set_user_data(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool */
static inline void *
wl_shm_pool_get_user_data(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_shm_pool_get_version(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*
* Create a wl_buffer object from the pool.
*
* The buffer is created offset bytes into the pool and has
* width and height as specified. The stride argument specifies
* the number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning
* of the next. The format is the pixel format of the buffer and
* must be one of those advertised through the wl_shm.format event.
*
* A buffer will keep a reference to the pool it was created from
* so it is valid to destroy the pool immediately after creating
* a buffer from it.
*/
static inline struct wl_buffer *
wl_shm_pool_create_buffer(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool, int32_t offset, int32_t width, int32_t height, int32_t stride, uint32_t format)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool,
WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER, &wl_buffer_interface, NULL, offset, width, height, stride, format);
return (struct wl_buffer *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*
* Destroy the shared memory pool.
*
* The mmapped memory will be released when all
* buffers that have been created from this pool
* are gone.
*/
static inline void
wl_shm_pool_destroy(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool,
WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*
* This request will cause the server to remap the backing memory
* for the pool from the file descriptor passed when the pool was
* created, but using the new size. This request can only be
* used to make the pool bigger.
*/
static inline void
wl_shm_pool_resize(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool, int32_t size)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool,
WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE, size);
}
#ifndef WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* wl_shm error values
*
* These errors can be emitted in response to wl_shm requests.
*/
enum wl_shm_error {
/**
* buffer format is not known
*/
WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FORMAT = 0,
/**
* invalid size or stride during pool or buffer creation
*/
WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_STRIDE = 1,
/**
* mmapping the file descriptor failed
*/
WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FD = 2,
};
#endif /* WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* pixel formats
*
* This describes the memory layout of an individual pixel.
*
* All renderers should support argb8888 and xrgb8888 but any other
* formats are optional and may not be supported by the particular
* renderer in use.
*
* The drm format codes match the macros defined in drm_fourcc.h.
* The formats actually supported by the compositor will be
* reported by the format event.
*/
enum wl_shm_format {
/**
* 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB8888 = 0,
/**
* 32-bit RGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB8888 = 1,
/**
* 8-bit color index format, [7:0] C
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_C8 = 0x20203843,
/**
* 8-bit RGB format, [7:0] R:G:B 3:3:2
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB332 = 0x38424752,
/**
* 8-bit BGR format, [7:0] B:G:R 2:3:3
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR233 = 0x38524742,
/**
* 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB4444 = 0x32315258,
/**
* 16-bit xBGR format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR4444 = 0x32314258,
/**
* 16-bit RGBx format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX4444 = 0x32315852,
/**
* 16-bit BGRx format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX4444 = 0x32315842,
/**
* 16-bit ARGB format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB4444 = 0x32315241,
/**
* 16-bit ABGR format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR4444 = 0x32314241,
/**
* 16-bit RBGA format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA4444 = 0x32314152,
/**
* 16-bit BGRA format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA4444 = 0x32314142,
/**
* 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB1555 = 0x35315258,
/**
* 16-bit xBGR 1555 format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR1555 = 0x35314258,
/**
* 16-bit RGBx 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX5551 = 0x35315852,
/**
* 16-bit BGRx 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX5551 = 0x35315842,
/**
* 16-bit ARGB 1555 format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB1555 = 0x35315241,
/**
* 16-bit ABGR 1555 format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR1555 = 0x35314241,
/**
* 16-bit RGBA 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA5551 = 0x35314152,
/**
* 16-bit BGRA 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA5551 = 0x35314142,
/**
* 16-bit RGB 565 format, [15:0] R:G:B 5:6:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB565 = 0x36314752,
/**
* 16-bit BGR 565 format, [15:0] B:G:R 5:6:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR565 = 0x36314742,
/**
* 24-bit RGB format, [23:0] R:G:B little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB888 = 0x34324752,
/**
* 24-bit BGR format, [23:0] B:G:R little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR888 = 0x34324742,
/**
* 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR8888 = 0x34324258,
/**
* 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX8888 = 0x34325852,
/**
* 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX8888 = 0x34325842,
/**
* 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR8888 = 0x34324241,
/**
* 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA8888 = 0x34324152,
/**
* 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA8888 = 0x34324142,
/**
* 32-bit xRGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB2101010 = 0x30335258,
/**
* 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR2101010 = 0x30334258,
/**
* 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX1010102 = 0x30335852,
/**
* 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX1010102 = 0x30335842,
/**
* 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB2101010 = 0x30335241,
/**
* 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR2101010 = 0x30334241,
/**
* 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA1010102 = 0x30334152,
/**
* 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA1010102 = 0x30334142,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUYV = 0x56595559,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cb0:Y1:Cr0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVYU = 0x55595659,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cr0:Y0:Cb0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_UYVY = 0x59565955,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cb0:Y0:Cr0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_VYUY = 0x59555956,
/**
* packed AYCbCr format, [31:0] A:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_AYUV = 0x56555941,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV12 = 0x3231564e,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV21 = 0x3132564e,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV16 = 0x3631564e,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV61 = 0x3136564e,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV410 = 0x39565559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU410 = 0x39555659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV411 = 0x31315559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU411 = 0x31315659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV420 = 0x32315559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU420 = 0x32315659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV422 = 0x36315559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU422 = 0x36315659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV444 = 0x34325559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU444 = 0x34325659,
};
#endif /* WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* @struct wl_shm_listener
*/
struct wl_shm_listener {
/**
* pixel format description
*
* Informs the client about a valid pixel format that can be used
* for buffers. Known formats include argb8888 and xrgb8888.
* @param format buffer pixel format
*/
void (*format)(void *data,
struct wl_shm *wl_shm,
uint32_t format);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
*/
static inline int
wl_shm_add_listener(struct wl_shm *wl_shm,
const struct wl_shm_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
*/
#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
*/
#define WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm */
static inline void
wl_shm_set_user_data(struct wl_shm *wl_shm, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm */
static inline void *
wl_shm_get_user_data(struct wl_shm *wl_shm)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_shm_get_version(struct wl_shm *wl_shm)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm */
static inline void
wl_shm_destroy(struct wl_shm *wl_shm)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
*
* Create a new wl_shm_pool object.
*
* The pool can be used to create shared memory based buffer
* objects. The server will mmap size bytes of the passed file
* descriptor, to use as backing memory for the pool.
*/
static inline struct wl_shm_pool *
wl_shm_create_pool(struct wl_shm *wl_shm, int32_t fd, int32_t size)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm,
WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL, &wl_shm_pool_interface, NULL, fd, size);
return (struct wl_shm_pool *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
* @struct wl_buffer_listener
*/
struct wl_buffer_listener {
/**
* compositor releases buffer
*
* Sent when this wl_buffer is no longer used by the compositor.
* The client is now free to reuse or destroy this buffer and its
* backing storage.
*
* If a client receives a release event before the frame callback
* requested in the same wl_surface.commit that attaches this
* wl_buffer to a surface, then the client is immediately free to
* reuse the buffer and its backing storage, and does not need a
* second buffer for the next surface content update. Typically
* this is possible, when the compositor maintains a copy of the
* wl_surface contents, e.g. as a GL texture. This is an important
* optimization for GL(ES) compositors with wl_shm clients.
*/
void (*release)(void *data,
struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
*/
static inline int
wl_buffer_add_listener(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer,
const struct wl_buffer_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_BUFFER_DESTROY 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
*/
#define WL_BUFFER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
*/
#define WL_BUFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_buffer */
static inline void
wl_buffer_set_user_data(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_buffer */
static inline void *
wl_buffer_get_user_data(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_buffer_get_version(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
*
* Destroy a buffer. If and how you need to release the backing
* storage is defined by the buffer factory interface.
*
* For possible side-effects to a surface, see wl_surface.attach.
*/
static inline void
wl_buffer_destroy(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer,
WL_BUFFER_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_data_offer_error {
/**
* finish request was called untimely
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_FINISH = 0,
/**
* action mask contains invalid values
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 1,
/**
* action argument has an invalid value
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION = 2,
/**
* offer doesn't accept this request
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_OFFER = 3,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
* @struct wl_data_offer_listener
*/
struct wl_data_offer_listener {
/**
* advertise offered mime type
*
* Sent immediately after creating the wl_data_offer object. One
* event per offered mime type.
* @param mime_type offered mime type
*/
void (*offer)(void *data,
struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
const char *mime_type);
/**
* notify the source-side available actions
*
* This event indicates the actions offered by the data source.
* It will be sent right after wl_data_device.enter, or anytime the
* source side changes its offered actions through
* wl_data_source.set_actions.
* @param source_actions actions offered by the data source
* @since 3
*/
void (*source_actions)(void *data,
struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
uint32_t source_actions);
/**
* notify the selected action
*
* This event indicates the action selected by the compositor
* after matching the source/destination side actions. Only one
* action (or none) will be offered here.
*
* This event can be emitted multiple times during the
* drag-and-drop operation in response to destination side action
* changes through wl_data_offer.set_actions.
*
* This event will no longer be emitted after wl_data_device.drop
* happened on the drag-and-drop destination, the client must honor
* the last action received, or the last preferred one set through
* wl_data_offer.set_actions when handling an "ask" action.
*
* Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly,
* mainly in response to keyboard modifier changes during the
* drag-and-drop operation.
*
* The most recent action received is always the valid one. Prior
* to receiving wl_data_device.drop, the chosen action may change
* (e.g. due to keyboard modifiers being pressed). At the time of
* receiving wl_data_device.drop the drag-and-drop destination must
* honor the last action received.
*
* Action changes may still happen after wl_data_device.drop,
* especially on "ask" actions, where the drag-and-drop destination
* may choose another action afterwards. Action changes happening
* at this stage are always the result of inter-client negotiation,
* the compositor shall no longer be able to induce a different
* action.
*
* Upon "ask" actions, it is expected that the drag-and-drop
* destination may potentially choose a different action and/or
* mime type, based on wl_data_offer.source_actions and finally
* chosen by the user (e.g. popping up a menu with the available
* options). The final wl_data_offer.set_actions and
* wl_data_offer.accept requests must happen before the call to
* wl_data_offer.finish.
* @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
* @since 3
*/
void (*action)(void *data,
struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
uint32_t dnd_action);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
static inline int
wl_data_offer_add_listener(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
const struct wl_data_offer_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT 0
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE 1
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY 2
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH 3
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS 4
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer */
static inline void
wl_data_offer_set_user_data(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer */
static inline void *
wl_data_offer_get_user_data(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_data_offer_get_version(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*
* Indicate that the client can accept the given mime type, or
* NULL for not accepted.
*
* For objects of version 2 or older, this request is used by the
* client to give feedback whether the client can receive the given
* mime type, or NULL if none is accepted; the feedback does not
* determine whether the drag-and-drop operation succeeds or not.
*
* For objects of version 3 or newer, this request determines the
* final result of the drag-and-drop operation. If the end result
* is that no mime types were accepted, the drag-and-drop operation
* will be cancelled and the corresponding drag source will receive
* wl_data_source.cancelled. Clients may still use this event in
* conjunction with wl_data_source.action for feedback.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_accept(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, uint32_t serial, const char *mime_type)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT, serial, mime_type);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*
* To transfer the offered data, the client issues this request
* and indicates the mime type it wants to receive. The transfer
* happens through the passed file descriptor (typically created
* with the pipe system call). The source client writes the data
* in the mime type representation requested and then closes the
* file descriptor.
*
* The receiving client reads from the read end of the pipe until
* EOF and then closes its end, at which point the transfer is
* complete.
*
* This request may happen multiple times for different mime types,
* both before and after wl_data_device.drop. Drag-and-drop destination
* clients may preemptively fetch data or examine it more closely to
* determine acceptance.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_receive(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, const char *mime_type, int32_t fd)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE, mime_type, fd);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*
* Destroy the data offer.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_destroy(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*
* Notifies the compositor that the drag destination successfully
* finished the drag-and-drop operation.
*
* Upon receiving this request, the compositor will emit
* wl_data_source.dnd_finished on the drag source client.
*
* It is a client error to perform other requests than
* wl_data_offer.destroy after this one. It is also an error to perform
* this request after a NULL mime type has been set in
* wl_data_offer.accept or no action was received through
* wl_data_offer.action.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_finish(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*
* Sets the actions that the destination side client supports for
* this operation. This request may trigger the emission of
* wl_data_source.action and wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor
* needs to change the selected action.
*
* This request can be called multiple times throughout the
* drag-and-drop operation, typically in response to wl_data_device.enter
* or wl_data_device.motion events.
*
* This request determines the final result of the drag-and-drop
* operation. If the end result is that no action is accepted,
* the drag source will receive wl_drag_source.cancelled.
*
* The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
* wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, and the preferred_action
* argument must only contain one of those values set, otherwise it
* will result in a protocol error.
*
* While managing an "ask" action, the destination drag-and-drop client
* may perform further wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected
* to perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions request with a preferred
* action other than "ask" (and optionally wl_data_offer.accept) before
* requesting wl_data_offer.finish, in order to convey the action selected
* by the user. If the preferred action is not in the
* wl_data_offer.source_actions mask, an error will be raised.
*
* If the "ask" action is dismissed (e.g. user cancellation), the client
* is expected to perform wl_data_offer.destroy right away.
*
* This request can only be made on drag-and-drop offers, a protocol error
* will be raised otherwise.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_set_actions(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, uint32_t dnd_actions, uint32_t preferred_action)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS, dnd_actions, preferred_action);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_data_source_error {
/**
* action mask contains invalid values
*/
WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 0,
/**
* source doesn't accept this request
*/
WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_SOURCE = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* @struct wl_data_source_listener
*/
struct wl_data_source_listener {
/**
* a target accepts an offered mime type
*
* Sent when a target accepts pointer_focus or motion events. If
* a target does not accept any of the offered types, type is NULL.
*
* Used for feedback during drag-and-drop.
* @param mime_type mime type accepted by the target
*/
void (*target)(void *data,
struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
const char *mime_type);
/**
* send the data
*
* Request for data from the client. Send the data as the
* specified mime type over the passed file descriptor, then close
* it.
* @param mime_type mime type for the data
* @param fd file descriptor for the data
*/
void (*send)(void *data,
struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
const char *mime_type,
int32_t fd);
/**
* selection was cancelled
*
* This data source is no longer valid. There are several reasons
* why this could happen:
*
* - The data source has been replaced by another data source. -
* The drag-and-drop operation was performed, but the drop
* destination did not accept any of the mime types offered through
* wl_data_source.target. - The drag-and-drop operation was
* performed, but the drop destination did not select any of the
* actions present in the mask offered through
* wl_data_source.action. - The drag-and-drop operation was
* performed but didn't happen over a surface. - The compositor
* cancelled the drag-and-drop operation (e.g. compositor dependent
* timeouts to avoid stale drag-and-drop transfers).
*
* The client should clean up and destroy this data source.
*
* For objects of version 2 or older, wl_data_source.cancelled will
* only be emitted if the data source was replaced by another data
* source.
*/
void (*cancelled)(void *data,
struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source);
/**
* the drag-and-drop operation physically finished
*
* The user performed the drop action. This event does not
* indicate acceptance, wl_data_source.cancelled may still be
* emitted afterwards if the drop destination does not accept any
* mime type.
*
* However, this event might however not be received if the
* compositor cancelled the drag-and-drop operation before this
* event could happen.
*
* Note that the data_source may still be used in the future and
* should not be destroyed here.
* @since 3
*/
void (*dnd_drop_performed)(void *data,
struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source);
/**
* the drag-and-drop operation concluded
*
* The drop destination finished interoperating with this data
* source, so the client is now free to destroy this data source
* and free all associated data.
*
* If the action used to perform the operation was "move", the
* source can now delete the transferred data.
* @since 3
*/
void (*dnd_finished)(void *data,
struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source);
/**
* notify the selected action
*
* This event indicates the action selected by the compositor
* after matching the source/destination side actions. Only one
* action (or none) will be offered here.
*
* This event can be emitted multiple times during the
* drag-and-drop operation, mainly in response to destination side
* changes through wl_data_offer.set_actions, and as the data
* device enters/leaves surfaces.
*
* It is only possible to receive this event after
* wl_data_source.dnd_drop_performed if the drag-and-drop operation
* ended in an "ask" action, in which case the final
* wl_data_source.action event will happen immediately before
* wl_data_source.dnd_finished.
*
* Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly,
* mainly in response to keyboard modifier changes during the
* drag-and-drop operation.
*
* The most recent action received is always the valid one. The
* chosen action may change alongside negotiation (e.g. an "ask"
* action can turn into a "move" operation), so the effects of the
* final action must always be applied in
* wl_data_offer.dnd_finished.
*
* Clients can trigger cursor surface changes from this point, so
* they reflect the current action.
* @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
* @since 3
*/
void (*action)(void *data,
struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
uint32_t dnd_action);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
static inline int
wl_data_source_add_listener(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
const struct wl_data_source_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER 0
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY 1
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_source */
static inline void
wl_data_source_set_user_data(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_source */
static inline void *
wl_data_source_get_user_data(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_data_source_get_version(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*
* This request adds a mime type to the set of mime types
* advertised to targets. Can be called several times to offer
* multiple types.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_offer(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source, const char *mime_type)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER, mime_type);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*
* Destroy the data source.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_destroy(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*
* Sets the actions that the source side client supports for this
* operation. This request may trigger wl_data_source.action and
* wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor needs to change the
* selected action.
*
* The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
* wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, otherwise it will result
* in a protocol error.
*
* This request must be made once only, and can only be made on sources
* used in drag-and-drop, so it must be performed before
* wl_data_device.start_drag. Attempting to use the source other than
* for drag-and-drop will raise a protocol error.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_set_actions(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source, uint32_t dnd_actions)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS, dnd_actions);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_data_device_error {
/**
* given wl_surface has another role
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* @struct wl_data_device_listener
*/
struct wl_data_device_listener {
/**
* introduce a new wl_data_offer
*
* The data_offer event introduces a new wl_data_offer object,
* which will subsequently be used in either the data_device.enter
* event (for drag-and-drop) or the data_device.selection event
* (for selections). Immediately following the
* data_device_data_offer event, the new data_offer object will
* send out data_offer.offer events to describe the mime types it
* offers.
* @param id the new data_offer object
*/
void (*data_offer)(void *data,
struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
struct wl_data_offer *id);
/**
* initiate drag-and-drop session
*
* This event is sent when an active drag-and-drop pointer enters
* a surface owned by the client. The position of the pointer at
* enter time is provided by the x and y arguments, in
* surface-local coordinates.
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface client surface entered
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
* @param id source data_offer object
*/
void (*enter)(void *data,
struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_surface *surface,
wl_fixed_t x,
wl_fixed_t y,
struct wl_data_offer *id);
/**
* end drag-and-drop session
*
* This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer leaves the
* surface and the session ends. The client must destroy the
* wl_data_offer introduced at enter time at this point.
*/
void (*leave)(void *data,
struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device);
/**
* drag-and-drop session motion
*
* This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer moves within
* the currently focused surface. The new position of the pointer
* is provided by the x and y arguments, in surface-local
* coordinates.
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*motion)(void *data,
struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
uint32_t time,
wl_fixed_t x,
wl_fixed_t y);
/**
* end drag-and-drop session successfully
*
* The event is sent when a drag-and-drop operation is ended
* because the implicit grab is removed.
*
* The drag-and-drop destination is expected to honor the last
* action received through wl_data_offer.action, if the resulting
* action is "copy" or "move", the destination can still perform
* wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected to end all
* transfers with a wl_data_offer.finish request.
*
* If the resulting action is "ask", the action will not be
* considered final. The drag-and-drop destination is expected to
* perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions request, or
* wl_data_offer.destroy in order to cancel the operation.
*/
void (*drop)(void *data,
struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device);
/**
* advertise new selection
*
* The selection event is sent out to notify the client of a new
* wl_data_offer for the selection for this device. The
* data_device.data_offer and the data_offer.offer events are sent
* out immediately before this event to introduce the data offer
* object. The selection event is sent to a client immediately
* before receiving keyboard focus and when a new selection is set
* while the client has keyboard focus. The data_offer is valid
* until a new data_offer or NULL is received or until the client
* loses keyboard focus. The client must destroy the previous
* selection data_offer, if any, upon receiving this event.
* @param id selection data_offer object
*/
void (*selection)(void *data,
struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
struct wl_data_offer *id);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
static inline int
wl_data_device_add_listener(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
const struct wl_data_device_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG 0
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION 1
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 2
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device */
static inline void
wl_data_device_set_user_data(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device */
static inline void *
wl_data_device_get_user_data(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_data_device_get_version(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device */
static inline void
wl_data_device_destroy(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*
* This request asks the compositor to start a drag-and-drop
* operation on behalf of the client.
*
* The source argument is the data source that provides the data
* for the eventual data transfer. If source is NULL, enter, leave
* and motion events are sent only to the client that initiated the
* drag and the client is expected to handle the data passing
* internally.
*
* The origin surface is the surface where the drag originates and
* the client must have an active implicit grab that matches the
* serial.
*
* The icon surface is an optional (can be NULL) surface that
* provides an icon to be moved around with the cursor. Initially,
* the top-left corner of the icon surface is placed at the cursor
* hotspot, but subsequent wl_surface.attach request can move the
* relative position. Attach requests must be confirmed with
* wl_surface.commit as usual. The icon surface is given the role of
* a drag-and-drop icon. If the icon surface already has another role,
* it raises a protocol error.
*
* The current and pending input regions of the icon wl_surface are
* cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
* wl_surface is no longer used as the icon surface. When the use
* as an icon ends, the current and pending input regions become
* undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_start_drag(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device, struct wl_data_source *source, struct wl_surface *origin, struct wl_surface *icon, uint32_t serial)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG, source, origin, icon, serial);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*
* This request asks the compositor to set the selection
* to the data from the source on behalf of the client.
*
* To unset the selection, set the source to NULL.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_set_selection(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device, struct wl_data_source *source, uint32_t serial)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION, source, serial);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*
* This request destroys the data device.
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_release(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
* drag and drop actions
*
* This is a bitmask of the available/preferred actions in a
* drag-and-drop operation.
*
* In the compositor, the selected action is a result of matching the
* actions offered by the source and destination sides. "action" events
* with a "none" action will be sent to both source and destination if
* there is no match. All further checks will effectively happen on
* (source actions ∩ destination actions).
*
* In addition, compositors may also pick different actions in
* reaction to key modifiers being pressed. One common design that
* is used in major toolkits (and the behavior recommended for
* compositors) is:
*
* - If no modifiers are pressed, the first match (in bit order)
* will be used.
* - Pressing Shift selects "move", if enabled in the mask.
* - Pressing Control selects "copy", if enabled in the mask.
*
* Behavior beyond that is considered implementation-dependent.
* Compositors may for example bind other modifiers (like Alt/Meta)
* or drags initiated with other buttons than BTN_LEFT to specific
* actions (e.g. "ask").
*/
enum wl_data_device_manager_dnd_action {
/**
* no action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_NONE = 0,
/**
* copy action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_COPY = 1,
/**
* move action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_MOVE = 2,
/**
* ask action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ASK = 4,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM */
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE 0
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager */
static inline void
wl_data_device_manager_set_user_data(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager */
static inline void *
wl_data_device_manager_get_user_data(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_data_device_manager_get_version(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager */
static inline void
wl_data_device_manager_destroy(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
*
* Create a new data source.
*/
static inline struct wl_data_source *
wl_data_device_manager_create_data_source(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager,
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE, &wl_data_source_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_data_source *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
*
* Create a new data device for a given seat.
*/
static inline struct wl_data_device *
wl_data_device_manager_get_data_device(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager, struct wl_seat *seat)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager,
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE, &wl_data_device_interface, NULL, seat);
return (struct wl_data_device *) id;
}
#ifndef WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_shell_error {
/**
* given wl_surface has another role
*/
WL_SHELL_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM */
#define WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell
*/
#define WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell */
static inline void
wl_shell_set_user_data(struct wl_shell *wl_shell, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell */
static inline void *
wl_shell_get_user_data(struct wl_shell *wl_shell)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_shell_get_version(struct wl_shell *wl_shell)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell */
static inline void
wl_shell_destroy(struct wl_shell *wl_shell)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell
*
* Create a shell surface for an existing surface. This gives
* the wl_surface the role of a shell surface. If the wl_surface
* already has another role, it raises a protocol error.
*
* Only one shell surface can be associated with a given surface.
*/
static inline struct wl_shell_surface *
wl_shell_get_shell_surface(struct wl_shell *wl_shell, struct wl_surface *surface)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell,
WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE, &wl_shell_surface_interface, NULL, surface);
return (struct wl_shell_surface *) id;
}
#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* edge values for resizing
*
* These values are used to indicate which edge of a surface
* is being dragged in a resize operation. The server may
* use this information to adapt its behavior, e.g. choose
* an appropriate cursor image.
*/
enum wl_shell_surface_resize {
/**
* no edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_NONE = 0,
/**
* top edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP = 1,
/**
* bottom edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM = 2,
/**
* left edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_LEFT = 4,
/**
* top and left edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_LEFT = 5,
/**
* bottom and left edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_LEFT = 6,
/**
* right edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_RIGHT = 8,
/**
* top and right edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_RIGHT = 9,
/**
* bottom and right edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_RIGHT = 10,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* details of transient behaviour
*
* These flags specify details of the expected behaviour
* of transient surfaces. Used in the set_transient request.
*/
enum wl_shell_surface_transient {
/**
* do not set keyboard focus
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_INACTIVE = 0x1,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* different method to set the surface fullscreen
*
* Hints to indicate to the compositor how to deal with a conflict
* between the dimensions of the surface and the dimensions of the
* output. The compositor is free to ignore this parameter.
*/
enum wl_shell_surface_fullscreen_method {
/**
* no preference, apply default policy
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0,
/**
* scale, preserve the surface's aspect ratio and center on output
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_SCALE = 1,
/**
* switch output mode to the smallest mode that can fit the surface, add black borders to compensate size mismatch
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DRIVER = 2,
/**
* no upscaling, center on output and add black borders to compensate size mismatch
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_FILL = 3,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* @struct wl_shell_surface_listener
*/
struct wl_shell_surface_listener {
/**
* ping client
*
* Ping a client to check if it is receiving events and sending
* requests. A client is expected to reply with a pong request.
* @param serial serial number of the ping
*/
void (*ping)(void *data,
struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface,
uint32_t serial);
/**
* suggest resize
*
* The configure event asks the client to resize its surface.
*
* The size is a hint, in the sense that the client is free to
* ignore it if it doesn't resize, pick a smaller size (to satisfy
* aspect ratio or resize in steps of NxM pixels).
*
* The edges parameter provides a hint about how the surface was
* resized. The client may use this information to decide how to
* adjust its content to the new size (e.g. a scrolling area might
* adjust its content position to leave the viewable content
* unmoved).
*
* The client is free to dismiss all but the last configure event
* it received.
*
* The width and height arguments specify the size of the window in
* surface-local coordinates.
* @param edges how the surface was resized
* @param width new width of the surface
* @param height new height of the surface
*/
void (*configure)(void *data,
struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface,
uint32_t edges,
int32_t width,
int32_t height);
/**
* popup interaction is done
*
* The popup_done event is sent out when a popup grab is broken,
* that is, when the user clicks a surface that doesn't belong to
* the client owning the popup surface.
*/
void (*popup_done)(void *data,
struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
static inline int
wl_shell_surface_add_listener(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface,
const struct wl_shell_surface_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG 0
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE 1
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE 2
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL 3
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT 4
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN 5
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP 6
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED 7
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE 8
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS 9
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface */
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_user_data(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface */
static inline void *
wl_shell_surface_get_user_data(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_shell_surface_get_version(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface */
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_destroy(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* A client must respond to a ping event with a pong request or
* the client may be deemed unresponsive.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_pong(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, uint32_t serial)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG, serial);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Start a pointer-driven move of the surface.
*
* This request must be used in response to a button press event.
* The server may ignore move requests depending on the state of
* the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_move(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_seat *seat, uint32_t serial)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE, seat, serial);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Start a pointer-driven resizing of the surface.
*
* This request must be used in response to a button press event.
* The server may ignore resize requests depending on the state of
* the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_resize(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_seat *seat, uint32_t serial, uint32_t edges)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE, seat, serial, edges);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Map the surface as a toplevel surface.
*
* A toplevel surface is not fullscreen, maximized or transient.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_toplevel(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Map the surface relative to an existing surface.
*
* The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
* corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
* parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
*
* The flags argument controls details of the transient behaviour.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_transient(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_surface *parent, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t flags)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT, parent, x, y, flags);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Map the surface as a fullscreen surface.
*
* If an output parameter is given then the surface will be made
* fullscreen on that output. If the client does not specify the
* output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
* choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
* area.
*
* The client may specify a method to resolve a size conflict
* between the output size and the surface size - this is provided
* through the method parameter.
*
* The framerate parameter is used only when the method is set
* to "driver", to indicate the preferred framerate. A value of 0
* indicates that the client does not care about framerate. The
* framerate is specified in mHz, that is framerate of 60000 is 60Hz.
*
* A method of "scale" or "driver" implies a scaling operation of
* the surface, either via a direct scaling operation or a change of
* the output mode. This will override any kind of output scaling, so
* that mapping a surface with a buffer size equal to the mode can
* fill the screen independent of buffer_scale.
*
* A method of "fill" means we don't scale up the buffer, however
* any output scale is applied. This means that you may run into
* an edge case where the application maps a buffer with the same
* size of the output mode but buffer_scale 1 (thus making a
* surface larger than the output). In this case it is allowed to
* downscale the results to fit the screen.
*
* The compositor must reply to this request with a configure event
* with the dimensions for the output on which the surface will
* be made fullscreen.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_fullscreen(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, uint32_t method, uint32_t framerate, struct wl_output *output)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN, method, framerate, output);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Map the surface as a popup.
*
* A popup surface is a transient surface with an added pointer
* grab.
*
* An existing implicit grab will be changed to owner-events mode,
* and the popup grab will continue after the implicit grab ends
* (i.e. releasing the mouse button does not cause the popup to
* be unmapped).
*
* The popup grab continues until the window is destroyed or a
* mouse button is pressed in any other client's window. A click
* in any of the client's surfaces is reported as normal, however,
* clicks in other clients' surfaces will be discarded and trigger
* the callback.
*
* The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
* corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
* parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_popup(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_seat *seat, uint32_t serial, struct wl_surface *parent, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t flags)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP, seat, serial, parent, x, y, flags);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Map the surface as a maximized surface.
*
* If an output parameter is given then the surface will be
* maximized on that output. If the client does not specify the
* output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
* choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
* area.
*
* The compositor will reply with a configure event telling
* the expected new surface size. The operation is completed
* on the next buffer attach to this surface.
*
* A maximized surface typically fills the entire output it is
* bound to, except for desktop elements such as panels. This is
* the main difference between a maximized shell surface and a
* fullscreen shell surface.
*
* The details depend on the compositor implementation.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_maximized(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_output *output)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED, output);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Set a short title for the surface.
*
* This string may be used to identify the surface in a task bar,
* window list, or other user interface elements provided by the
* compositor.
*
* The string must be encoded in UTF-8.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_title(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, const char *title)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE, title);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*
* Set a class for the surface.
*
* The surface class identifies the general class of applications
* to which the surface belongs. A common convention is to use the
* file name (or the full path if it is a non-standard location) of
* the application's .desktop file as the class.
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_set_class(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, const char *class_)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS, class_);
}
#ifndef WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
* wl_surface error values
*
* These errors can be emitted in response to wl_surface requests.
*/
enum wl_surface_error {
/**
* buffer scale value is invalid
*/
WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_SCALE = 0,
/**
* buffer transform value is invalid
*/
WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_TRANSFORM = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
* @struct wl_surface_listener
*/
struct wl_surface_listener {
/**
* surface enters an output
*
* This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or
* resizing results in some part of it being within the scanout
* region of an output.
*
* Note that a surface may be overlapping with zero or more
* outputs.
* @param output output entered by the surface
*/
void (*enter)(void *data,
struct wl_surface *wl_surface,
struct wl_output *output);
/**
* surface leaves an output
*
* This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or
* resizing results in it no longer having any part of it within
* the scanout region of an output.
* @param output output left by the surface
*/
void (*leave)(void *data,
struct wl_surface *wl_surface,
struct wl_output *output);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
static inline int
wl_surface_add_listener(struct wl_surface *wl_surface,
const struct wl_surface_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_SURFACE_DESTROY 0
#define WL_SURFACE_ATTACH 1
#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE 2
#define WL_SURFACE_FRAME 3
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION 4
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION 5
#define WL_SURFACE_COMMIT 6
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM 7
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE 8
#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER 9
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_ATTACH_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_COMMIT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 4
/** @ingroup iface_wl_surface */
static inline void
wl_surface_set_user_data(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_surface */
static inline void *
wl_surface_get_user_data(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_surface_get_version(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* Deletes the surface and invalidates its object ID.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_destroy(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* Set a buffer as the content of this surface.
*
* The new size of the surface is calculated based on the buffer
* size transformed by the inverse buffer_transform and the
* inverse buffer_scale. This means that the supplied buffer
* must be an integer multiple of the buffer_scale.
*
* The x and y arguments specify the location of the new pending
* buffer's upper left corner, relative to the current buffer's upper
* left corner, in surface-local coordinates. In other words, the
* x and y, combined with the new surface size define in which
* directions the surface's size changes.
*
* Surface contents are double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* The initial surface contents are void; there is no content.
* wl_surface.attach assigns the given wl_buffer as the pending
* wl_buffer. wl_surface.commit makes the pending wl_buffer the new
* surface contents, and the size of the surface becomes the size
* calculated from the wl_buffer, as described above. After commit,
* there is no pending buffer until the next attach.
*
* Committing a pending wl_buffer allows the compositor to read the
* pixels in the wl_buffer. The compositor may access the pixels at
* any time after the wl_surface.commit request. When the compositor
* will not access the pixels anymore, it will send the
* wl_buffer.release event. Only after receiving wl_buffer.release,
* the client may reuse the wl_buffer. A wl_buffer that has been
* attached and then replaced by another attach instead of committed
* will not receive a release event, and is not used by the
* compositor.
*
* Destroying the wl_buffer after wl_buffer.release does not change
* the surface contents. However, if the client destroys the
* wl_buffer before receiving the wl_buffer.release event, the surface
* contents become undefined immediately.
*
* If wl_surface.attach is sent with a NULL wl_buffer, the
* following wl_surface.commit will remove the surface content.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_attach(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, struct wl_buffer *buffer, int32_t x, int32_t y)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_ATTACH, buffer, x, y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
* buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
* the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
* ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
*
* Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* The damage rectangle is specified in surface-local coordinates,
* where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
*
* The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
* wl_surface.damage adds pending damage: the new pending damage
* is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
*
* wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
* and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
* damage as it repaints the surface.
*
* Alternatively, damage can be posted with wl_surface.damage_buffer
* which uses buffer coordinates instead of surface coordinates,
* and is probably the preferred and intuitive way of doing this.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_damage(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE, x, y, width, height);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* Request a notification when it is a good time to start drawing a new
* frame, by creating a frame callback. This is useful for throttling
* redrawing operations, and driving animations.
*
* When a client is animating on a wl_surface, it can use the 'frame'
* request to get notified when it is a good time to draw and commit the
* next frame of animation. If the client commits an update earlier than
* that, it is likely that some updates will not make it to the display,
* and the client is wasting resources by drawing too often.
*
* The frame request will take effect on the next wl_surface.commit.
* The notification will only be posted for one frame unless
* requested again. For a wl_surface, the notifications are posted in
* the order the frame requests were committed.
*
* The server must send the notifications so that a client
* will not send excessive updates, while still allowing
* the highest possible update rate for clients that wait for the reply
* before drawing again. The server should give some time for the client
* to draw and commit after sending the frame callback events to let it
* hit the next output refresh.
*
* A server should avoid signaling the frame callbacks if the
* surface is not visible in any way, e.g. the surface is off-screen,
* or completely obscured by other opaque surfaces.
*
* The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
* compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
* attempt to use it after that point.
*
* The callback_data passed in the callback is the current time, in
* milliseconds, with an undefined base.
*/
static inline struct wl_callback *
wl_surface_frame(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
{
struct wl_proxy *callback;
callback = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_FRAME, &wl_callback_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_callback *) callback;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* This request sets the region of the surface that contains
* opaque content.
*
* The opaque region is an optimization hint for the compositor
* that lets it optimize the redrawing of content behind opaque
* regions. Setting an opaque region is not required for correct
* behaviour, but marking transparent content as opaque will result
* in repaint artifacts.
*
* The opaque region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
*
* The compositor ignores the parts of the opaque region that fall
* outside of the surface.
*
* Opaque region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* wl_surface.set_opaque_region changes the pending opaque region.
* wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
* Otherwise, the pending and current regions are never changed.
*
* The initial value for an opaque region is empty. Setting the pending
* opaque region has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be
* destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the pending opaque
* region to be set to empty.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_set_opaque_region(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, struct wl_region *region)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION, region);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* This request sets the region of the surface that can receive
* pointer and touch events.
*
* Input events happening outside of this region will try the next
* surface in the server surface stack. The compositor ignores the
* parts of the input region that fall outside of the surface.
*
* The input region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
*
* Input region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* wl_surface.set_input_region changes the pending input region.
* wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
* Otherwise the pending and current regions are never changed,
* except cursor and icon surfaces are special cases, see
* wl_pointer.set_cursor and wl_data_device.start_drag.
*
* The initial value for an input region is infinite. That means the
* whole surface will accept input. Setting the pending input region
* has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be destroyed
* immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the input region to be set
* to infinite.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_set_input_region(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, struct wl_region *region)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION, region);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* Surface state (input, opaque, and damage regions, attached buffers,
* etc.) is double-buffered. Protocol requests modify the pending state,
* as opposed to the current state in use by the compositor. A commit
* request atomically applies all pending state, replacing the current
* state. After commit, the new pending state is as documented for each
* related request.
*
* On commit, a pending wl_buffer is applied first, and all other state
* second. This means that all coordinates in double-buffered state are
* relative to the new wl_buffer coming into use, except for
* wl_surface.attach itself. If there is no pending wl_buffer, the
* coordinates are relative to the current surface contents.
*
* All requests that need a commit to become effective are documented
* to affect double-buffered state.
*
* Other interfaces may add further double-buffered surface state.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_commit(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_COMMIT);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* This request sets an optional transformation on how the compositor
* interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the surface. The
* accepted values for the transform parameter are the values for
* wl_output.transform.
*
* Buffer transform is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* A newly created surface has its buffer transformation set to normal.
*
* wl_surface.set_buffer_transform changes the pending buffer
* transformation. wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer
* transformation to the current one. Otherwise, the pending and current
* values are never changed.
*
* The purpose of this request is to allow clients to render content
* according to the output transform, thus permitting the compositor to
* use certain optimizations even if the display is rotated. Using
* hardware overlays and scanning out a client buffer for fullscreen
* surfaces are examples of such optimizations. Those optimizations are
* highly dependent on the compositor implementation, so the use of this
* request should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
*
* Note that if the transform value includes 90 or 270 degree rotation,
* the width of the buffer will become the surface height and the height
* of the buffer will become the surface width.
*
* If transform is not one of the values from the
* wl_output.transform enum the invalid_transform protocol error
* is raised.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_set_buffer_transform(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t transform)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM, transform);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* This request sets an optional scaling factor on how the compositor
* interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the window.
*
* Buffer scale is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* A newly created surface has its buffer scale set to 1.
*
* wl_surface.set_buffer_scale changes the pending buffer scale.
* wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer scale to the current one.
* Otherwise, the pending and current values are never changed.
*
* The purpose of this request is to allow clients to supply higher
* resolution buffer data for use on high resolution outputs. It is
* intended that you pick the same buffer scale as the scale of the
* output that the surface is displayed on. This means the compositor
* can avoid scaling when rendering the surface on that output.
*
* Note that if the scale is larger than 1, then you have to attach
* a buffer that is larger (by a factor of scale in each dimension)
* than the desired surface size.
*
* If scale is not positive the invalid_scale protocol error is
* raised.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_set_buffer_scale(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t scale)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE, scale);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*
* This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
* buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
* the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
* ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
*
* Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* The damage rectangle is specified in buffer coordinates,
* where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
*
* The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
* wl_surface.damage_buffer adds pending damage: the new pending
* damage is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
*
* wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
* and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
* damage as it repaints the surface.
*
* This request differs from wl_surface.damage in only one way - it
* takes damage in buffer coordinates instead of surface-local
* coordinates. While this generally is more intuitive than surface
* coordinates, it is especially desirable when using wp_viewport
* or when a drawing library (like EGL) is unaware of buffer scale
* and buffer transform.
*
* Note: Because buffer transformation changes and damage requests may
* be interleaved in the protocol stream, it is impossible to determine
* the actual mapping between surface and buffer damage until
* wl_surface.commit time. Therefore, compositors wishing to take both
* kinds of damage into account will have to accumulate damage from the
* two requests separately and only transform from one to the other
* after receiving the wl_surface.commit.
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_damage_buffer(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER, x, y, width, height);
}
#ifndef WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
* seat capability bitmask
*
* This is a bitmask of capabilities this seat has; if a member is
* set, then it is present on the seat.
*/
enum wl_seat_capability {
/**
* the seat has pointer devices
*/
WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_POINTER = 1,
/**
* the seat has one or more keyboards
*/
WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_KEYBOARD = 2,
/**
* the seat has touch devices
*/
WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_TOUCH = 4,
};
#endif /* WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
* @struct wl_seat_listener
*/
struct wl_seat_listener {
/**
* seat capabilities changed
*
* This is emitted whenever a seat gains or loses the pointer,
* keyboard or touch capabilities. The argument is a capability
* enum containing the complete set of capabilities this seat has.
*
* When the pointer capability is added, a client may create a
* wl_pointer object using the wl_seat.get_pointer request. This
* object will receive pointer events until the capability is
* removed in the future.
*
* When the pointer capability is removed, a client should destroy
* the wl_pointer objects associated with the seat where the
* capability was removed, using the wl_pointer.release request. No
* further pointer events will be received on these objects.
*
* In some compositors, if a seat regains the pointer capability
* and a client has a previously obtained wl_pointer object of
* version 4 or less, that object may start sending pointer events
* again. This behavior is considered a misinterpretation of the
* intended behavior and must not be relied upon by the client.
* wl_pointer objects of version 5 or later must not send events if
* created before the most recent event notifying the client of an
* added pointer capability.
*
* The above behavior also applies to wl_keyboard and wl_touch with
* the keyboard and touch capabilities, respectively.
* @param capabilities capabilities of the seat
*/
void (*capabilities)(void *data,
struct wl_seat *wl_seat,
uint32_t capabilities);
/**
* unique identifier for this seat
*
* In a multiseat configuration this can be used by the client to
* help identify which physical devices the seat represents. Based
* on the seat configuration used by the compositor.
* @param name seat identifier
* @since 2
*/
void (*name)(void *data,
struct wl_seat *wl_seat,
const char *name);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
static inline int
wl_seat_add_listener(struct wl_seat *wl_seat,
const struct wl_seat_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER 0
#define WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD 1
#define WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH 2
#define WL_SEAT_RELEASE 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_NAME_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 5
/** @ingroup iface_wl_seat */
static inline void
wl_seat_set_user_data(struct wl_seat *wl_seat, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_seat */
static inline void *
wl_seat_get_user_data(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_seat_get_version(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_seat */
static inline void
wl_seat_destroy(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*
* The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_pointer interface
* for this seat.
*
* This request only takes effect if the seat has the pointer
* capability, or has had the pointer capability in the past.
* It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
* never had the pointer capability.
*/
static inline struct wl_pointer *
wl_seat_get_pointer(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER, &wl_pointer_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_pointer *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*
* The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_keyboard interface
* for this seat.
*
* This request only takes effect if the seat has the keyboard
* capability, or has had the keyboard capability in the past.
* It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
* never had the keyboard capability.
*/
static inline struct wl_keyboard *
wl_seat_get_keyboard(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD, &wl_keyboard_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_keyboard *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*
* The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_touch interface
* for this seat.
*
* This request only takes effect if the seat has the touch
* capability, or has had the touch capability in the past.
* It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
* never had the touch capability.
*/
static inline struct wl_touch *
wl_seat_get_touch(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH, &wl_touch_interface, NULL);
return (struct wl_touch *) id;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*
* Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
* use the seat object anymore.
*/
static inline void
wl_seat_release(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
WL_SEAT_RELEASE);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
}
#ifndef WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_pointer_error {
/**
* given wl_surface has another role
*/
WL_POINTER_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* physical button state
*
* Describes the physical state of a button that produced the button
* event.
*/
enum wl_pointer_button_state {
/**
* the button is not pressed
*/
WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
/**
* the button is pressed
*/
WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* axis types
*
* Describes the axis types of scroll events.
*/
enum wl_pointer_axis {
/**
* vertical axis
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_VERTICAL_SCROLL = 0,
/**
* horizontal axis
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* axis source types
*
* Describes the source types for axis events. This indicates to the
* client how an axis event was physically generated; a client may
* adjust the user interface accordingly. For example, scroll events
* from a "finger" source may be in a smooth coordinate space with
* kinetic scrolling whereas a "wheel" source may be in discrete steps
* of a number of lines.
*
* The "continuous" axis source is a device generating events in a
* continuous coordinate space, but using something other than a
* finger. One example for this source is button-based scrolling where
* the vertical motion of a device is converted to scroll events while
* a button is held down.
*
* The "wheel tilt" axis source indicates that the actual device is a
* wheel but the scroll event is not caused by a rotation but a
* (usually sideways) tilt of the wheel.
*/
enum wl_pointer_axis_source {
/**
* a physical wheel rotation
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL = 0,
/**
* finger on a touch surface
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER = 1,
/**
* continuous coordinate space
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS = 2,
/**
* a physical wheel tilt
* @since 6
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL_TILT = 3,
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL_TILT_SINCE_VERSION 6
#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* @struct wl_pointer_listener
*/
struct wl_pointer_listener {
/**
* enter event
*
* Notification that this seat's pointer is focused on a certain
* surface.
*
* When a seat's focus enters a surface, the pointer image is
* undefined and a client should respond to this event by setting
* an appropriate pointer image with the set_cursor request.
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface surface entered by the pointer
* @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
* @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*enter)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_surface *surface,
wl_fixed_t surface_x,
wl_fixed_t surface_y);
/**
* leave event
*
* Notification that this seat's pointer is no longer focused on
* a certain surface.
*
* The leave notification is sent before the enter notification for
* the new focus.
* @param serial serial number of the leave event
* @param surface surface left by the pointer
*/
void (*leave)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_surface *surface);
/**
* pointer motion event
*
* Notification of pointer location change. The arguments
* surface_x and surface_y are the location relative to the focused
* surface.
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
* @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*motion)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t time,
wl_fixed_t surface_x,
wl_fixed_t surface_y);
/**
* pointer button event
*
* Mouse button click and release notifications.
*
* The location of the click is given by the last motion or enter
* event. The time argument is a timestamp with millisecond
* granularity, with an undefined base.
*
* The button is a button code as defined in the Linux kernel's
* linux/input-event-codes.h header file, e.g. BTN_LEFT.
*
* Any 16-bit button code value is reserved for future additions to
* the kernel's event code list. All other button codes above
* 0xFFFF are currently undefined but may be used in future
* versions of this protocol.
* @param serial serial number of the button event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param button button that produced the event
* @param state physical state of the button
*/
void (*button)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t serial,
uint32_t time,
uint32_t button,
uint32_t state);
/**
* axis event
*
* Scroll and other axis notifications.
*
* For scroll events (vertical and horizontal scroll axes), the
* value parameter is the length of a vector along the specified
* axis in a coordinate space identical to those of motion events,
* representing a relative movement along the specified axis.
*
* For devices that support movements non-parallel to axes multiple
* axis events will be emitted.
*
* When applicable, for example for touch pads, the server can
* choose to emit scroll events where the motion vector is
* equivalent to a motion event vector.
*
* When applicable, a client can transform its content relative to
* the scroll distance.
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param axis axis type
* @param value length of vector in surface-local coordinate space
*/
void (*axis)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t time,
uint32_t axis,
wl_fixed_t value);
/**
* end of a pointer event sequence
*
* Indicates the end of a set of events that logically belong
* together. A client is expected to accumulate the data in all
* events within the frame before proceeding.
*
* All wl_pointer events before a wl_pointer.frame event belong
* logically together. For example, in a diagonal scroll motion the
* compositor will send an optional wl_pointer.axis_source event,
* two wl_pointer.axis events (horizontal and vertical) and finally
* a wl_pointer.frame event. The client may use this information to
* calculate a diagonal vector for scrolling.
*
* When multiple wl_pointer.axis events occur within the same
* frame, the motion vector is the combined motion of all events.
* When a wl_pointer.axis and a wl_pointer.axis_stop event occur
* within the same frame, this indicates that axis movement in one
* axis has stopped but continues in the other axis. When multiple
* wl_pointer.axis_stop events occur within the same frame, this
* indicates that these axes stopped in the same instance.
*
* A wl_pointer.frame event is sent for every logical event group,
* even if the group only contains a single wl_pointer event.
* Specifically, a client may get a sequence: motion, frame,
* button, frame, axis, frame, axis_stop, frame.
*
* The wl_pointer.enter and wl_pointer.leave events are logical
* events generated by the compositor and not the hardware. These
* events are also grouped by a wl_pointer.frame. When a pointer
* moves from one surface to another, a compositor should group the
* wl_pointer.leave event within the same wl_pointer.frame.
* However, a client must not rely on wl_pointer.leave and
* wl_pointer.enter being in the same wl_pointer.frame.
* Compositor-specific policies may require the wl_pointer.leave
* and wl_pointer.enter event being split across multiple
* wl_pointer.frame groups.
* @since 5
*/
void (*frame)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer);
/**
* axis source event
*
* Source information for scroll and other axes.
*
* This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
* wl_pointer.frame event and carries the source information for
* all events within that frame.
*
* The source specifies how this event was generated. If the source
* is wl_pointer.axis_source.finger, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event
* will be sent when the user lifts the finger off the device.
*
* If the source is wl_pointer.axis_source.wheel,
* wl_pointer.axis_source.wheel_tilt or
* wl_pointer.axis_source.continuous, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event
* may or may not be sent. Whether a compositor sends an axis_stop
* event for these sources is hardware-specific and
* implementation-dependent; clients must not rely on receiving an
* axis_stop event for these scroll sources and should treat scroll
* sequences from these scroll sources as unterminated by default.
*
* This event is optional. If the source is unknown for a
* particular axis event sequence, no event is sent. Only one
* wl_pointer.axis_source event is permitted per frame.
*
* The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source
* is not guaranteed.
* @param axis_source source of the axis event
* @since 5
*/
void (*axis_source)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t axis_source);
/**
* axis stop event
*
* Stop notification for scroll and other axes.
*
* For some wl_pointer.axis_source types, a wl_pointer.axis_stop
* event is sent to notify a client that the axis sequence has
* terminated. This enables the client to implement kinetic
* scrolling. See the wl_pointer.axis_source documentation for
* information on when this event may be generated.
*
* Any wl_pointer.axis events with the same axis_source after this
* event should be considered as the start of a new axis motion.
*
* The timestamp is to be interpreted identical to the timestamp in
* the wl_pointer.axis event. The timestamp value may be the same
* as a preceding wl_pointer.axis event.
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param axis the axis stopped with this event
* @since 5
*/
void (*axis_stop)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t time,
uint32_t axis);
/**
* axis click event
*
* Discrete step information for scroll and other axes.
*
* This event carries the axis value of the wl_pointer.axis event
* in discrete steps (e.g. mouse wheel clicks).
*
* This event does not occur on its own, it is coupled with a
* wl_pointer.axis event that represents this axis value on a
* continuous scale. The protocol guarantees that each
* axis_discrete event is always followed by exactly one axis event
* with the same axis number within the same wl_pointer.frame. Note
* that the protocol allows for other events to occur between the
* axis_discrete and its coupled axis event, including other
* axis_discrete or axis events.
*
* This event is optional; continuous scrolling devices like
* two-finger scrolling on touchpads do not have discrete steps and
* do not generate this event.
*
* The discrete value carries the directional information. e.g. a
* value of -2 is two steps towards the negative direction of this
* axis.
*
* The axis number is identical to the axis number in the
* associated axis event.
*
* The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source
* is not guaranteed.
* @param axis axis type
* @param discrete number of steps
* @since 5
*/
void (*axis_discrete)(void *data,
struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
uint32_t axis,
int32_t discrete);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
static inline int
wl_pointer_add_listener(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
const struct wl_pointer_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR 0
#define WL_POINTER_RELEASE 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/** @ingroup iface_wl_pointer */
static inline void
wl_pointer_set_user_data(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_pointer */
static inline void *
wl_pointer_get_user_data(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_pointer_get_version(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_pointer */
static inline void
wl_pointer_destroy(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*
* Set the pointer surface, i.e., the surface that contains the
* pointer image (cursor). This request gives the surface the role
* of a cursor. If the surface already has another role, it raises
* a protocol error.
*
* The cursor actually changes only if the pointer
* focus for this device is one of the requesting client's surfaces
* or the surface parameter is the current pointer surface. If
* there was a previous surface set with this request it is
* replaced. If surface is NULL, the pointer image is hidden.
*
* The parameters hotspot_x and hotspot_y define the position of
* the pointer surface relative to the pointer location. Its
* top-left corner is always at (x, y) - (hotspot_x, hotspot_y),
* where (x, y) are the coordinates of the pointer location, in
* surface-local coordinates.
*
* On surface.attach requests to the pointer surface, hotspot_x
* and hotspot_y are decremented by the x and y parameters
* passed to the request. Attach must be confirmed by
* wl_surface.commit as usual.
*
* The hotspot can also be updated by passing the currently set
* pointer surface to this request with new values for hotspot_x
* and hotspot_y.
*
* The current and pending input regions of the wl_surface are
* cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
* wl_surface is no longer used as the cursor. When the use as a
* cursor ends, the current and pending input regions become
* undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_set_cursor(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer, uint32_t serial, struct wl_surface *surface, int32_t hotspot_x, int32_t hotspot_y)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer,
WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR, serial, surface, hotspot_x, hotspot_y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*
* Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
* use the pointer object anymore.
*
* This request destroys the pointer proxy object, so clients must not call
* wl_pointer_destroy() after using this request.
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_release(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer,
WL_POINTER_RELEASE);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
}
#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* keyboard mapping format
*
* This specifies the format of the keymap provided to the
* client with the wl_keyboard.keymap event.
*/
enum wl_keyboard_keymap_format {
/**
* no keymap; client must understand how to interpret the raw keycode
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_NO_KEYMAP = 0,
/**
* libxkbcommon compatible; to determine the xkb keycode, clients must add 8 to the key event keycode
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_XKB_V1 = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* physical key state
*
* Describes the physical state of a key that produced the key event.
*/
enum wl_keyboard_key_state {
/**
* key is not pressed
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
/**
* key is pressed
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* @struct wl_keyboard_listener
*/
struct wl_keyboard_listener {
/**
* keyboard mapping
*
* This event provides a file descriptor to the client which can
* be memory-mapped to provide a keyboard mapping description.
* @param format keymap format
* @param fd keymap file descriptor
* @param size keymap size, in bytes
*/
void (*keymap)(void *data,
struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
uint32_t format,
int32_t fd,
uint32_t size);
/**
* enter event
*
* Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is on a certain
* surface.
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface surface gaining keyboard focus
* @param keys the currently pressed keys
*/
void (*enter)(void *data,
struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_surface *surface,
struct wl_array *keys);
/**
* leave event
*
* Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is no longer on a
* certain surface.
*
* The leave notification is sent before the enter notification for
* the new focus.
* @param serial serial number of the leave event
* @param surface surface that lost keyboard focus
*/
void (*leave)(void *data,
struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_surface *surface);
/**
* key event
*
* A key was pressed or released. The time argument is a
* timestamp with millisecond granularity, with an undefined base.
* @param serial serial number of the key event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param key key that produced the event
* @param state physical state of the key
*/
void (*key)(void *data,
struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
uint32_t serial,
uint32_t time,
uint32_t key,
uint32_t state);
/**
* modifier and group state
*
* Notifies clients that the modifier and/or group state has
* changed, and it should update its local state.
* @param serial serial number of the modifiers event
* @param mods_depressed depressed modifiers
* @param mods_latched latched modifiers
* @param mods_locked locked modifiers
* @param group keyboard layout
*/
void (*modifiers)(void *data,
struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
uint32_t serial,
uint32_t mods_depressed,
uint32_t mods_latched,
uint32_t mods_locked,
uint32_t group);
/**
* repeat rate and delay
*
* Informs the client about the keyboard's repeat rate and delay.
*
* This event is sent as soon as the wl_keyboard object has been
* created, and is guaranteed to be received by the client before
* any key press event.
*
* Negative values for either rate or delay are illegal. A rate of
* zero will disable any repeating (regardless of the value of
* delay).
*
* This event can be sent later on as well with a new value if
* necessary, so clients should continue listening for the event
* past the creation of wl_keyboard.
* @param rate the rate of repeating keys in characters per second
* @param delay delay in milliseconds since key down until repeating starts
* @since 4
*/
void (*repeat_info)(void *data,
struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
int32_t rate,
int32_t delay);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
static inline int
wl_keyboard_add_listener(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
const struct wl_keyboard_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO_SINCE_VERSION 4
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/** @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard */
static inline void
wl_keyboard_set_user_data(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard */
static inline void *
wl_keyboard_get_user_data(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_keyboard_get_version(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard */
static inline void
wl_keyboard_destroy(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_release(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard,
WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* @struct wl_touch_listener
*/
struct wl_touch_listener {
/**
* touch down event and beginning of a touch sequence
*
* A new touch point has appeared on the surface. This touch
* point is assigned a unique ID. Future events from this touch
* point reference this ID. The ID ceases to be valid after a touch
* up event and may be reused in the future.
* @param serial serial number of the touch down event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param surface surface touched
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*down)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
uint32_t serial,
uint32_t time,
struct wl_surface *surface,
int32_t id,
wl_fixed_t x,
wl_fixed_t y);
/**
* end of a touch event sequence
*
* The touch point has disappeared. No further events will be
* sent for this touch point and the touch point's ID is released
* and may be reused in a future touch down event.
* @param serial serial number of the touch up event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
*/
void (*up)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
uint32_t serial,
uint32_t time,
int32_t id);
/**
* update of touch point coordinates
*
* A touch point has changed coordinates.
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*motion)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
uint32_t time,
int32_t id,
wl_fixed_t x,
wl_fixed_t y);
/**
* end of touch frame event
*
* Indicates the end of a set of events that logically belong
* together. A client is expected to accumulate the data in all
* events within the frame before proceeding.
*
* A wl_touch.frame terminates at least one event but otherwise no
* guarantee is provided about the set of events within a frame. A
* client must assume that any state not updated in a frame is
* unchanged from the previously known state.
*/
void (*frame)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch);
/**
* touch session cancelled
*
* Sent if the compositor decides the touch stream is a global
* gesture. No further events are sent to the clients from that
* particular gesture. Touch cancellation applies to all touch
* points currently active on this client's surface. The client is
* responsible for finalizing the touch points, future touch points
* on this surface may reuse the touch point ID.
*/
void (*cancel)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch);
/**
* update shape of touch point
*
* Sent when a touchpoint has changed its shape.
*
* This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
* wl_touch.frame event and carries the new shape information for
* any previously reported, or new touch points of that frame.
*
* Other events describing the touch point such as wl_touch.down,
* wl_touch.motion or wl_touch.orientation may be sent within the
* same wl_touch.frame. A client should treat these events as a
* single logical touch point update. The order of wl_touch.shape,
* wl_touch.orientation and wl_touch.motion is not guaranteed. A
* wl_touch.down event is guaranteed to occur before the first
* wl_touch.shape event for this touch ID but both events may occur
* within the same wl_touch.frame.
*
* A touchpoint shape is approximated by an ellipse through the
* major and minor axis length. The major axis length describes the
* longer diameter of the ellipse, while the minor axis length
* describes the shorter diameter. Major and minor are orthogonal
* and both are specified in surface-local coordinates. The center
* of the ellipse is always at the touchpoint location as reported
* by wl_touch.down or wl_touch.move.
*
* This event is only sent by the compositor if the touch device
* supports shape reports. The client has to make reasonable
* assumptions about the shape if it did not receive this event.
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param major length of the major axis in surface-local coordinates
* @param minor length of the minor axis in surface-local coordinates
* @since 6
*/
void (*shape)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
int32_t id,
wl_fixed_t major,
wl_fixed_t minor);
/**
* update orientation of touch point
*
* Sent when a touchpoint has changed its orientation.
*
* This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
* wl_touch.frame event and carries the new shape information for
* any previously reported, or new touch points of that frame.
*
* Other events describing the touch point such as wl_touch.down,
* wl_touch.motion or wl_touch.shape may be sent within the same
* wl_touch.frame. A client should treat these events as a single
* logical touch point update. The order of wl_touch.shape,
* wl_touch.orientation and wl_touch.motion is not guaranteed. A
* wl_touch.down event is guaranteed to occur before the first
* wl_touch.orientation event for this touch ID but both events may
* occur within the same wl_touch.frame.
*
* The orientation describes the clockwise angle of a touchpoint's
* major axis to the positive surface y-axis and is normalized to
* the -180 to +180 degree range. The granularity of orientation
* depends on the touch device, some devices only support binary
* rotation values between 0 and 90 degrees.
*
* This event is only sent by the compositor if the touch device
* supports orientation reports.
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param orientation angle between major axis and positive surface y-axis in degrees
* @since 6
*/
void (*orientation)(void *data,
struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
int32_t id,
wl_fixed_t orientation);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
static inline int
wl_touch_add_listener(struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
const struct wl_touch_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_TOUCH_RELEASE 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_DOWN_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_UP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_CANCEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_SHAPE_SINCE_VERSION 6
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_ORIENTATION_SINCE_VERSION 6
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/** @ingroup iface_wl_touch */
static inline void
wl_touch_set_user_data(struct wl_touch *wl_touch, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_touch */
static inline void *
wl_touch_get_user_data(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_touch_get_version(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_touch */
static inline void
wl_touch_destroy(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_release(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch,
WL_TOUCH_RELEASE);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
}
#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
#define WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* subpixel geometry information
*
* This enumeration describes how the physical
* pixels on an output are laid out.
*/
enum wl_output_subpixel {
/**
* unknown geometry
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_UNKNOWN = 0,
/**
* no geometry
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_NONE = 1,
/**
* horizontal RGB
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_RGB = 2,
/**
* horizontal BGR
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_BGR = 3,
/**
* vertical RGB
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_RGB = 4,
/**
* vertical BGR
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_BGR = 5,
};
#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
#define WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* transform from framebuffer to output
*
* This describes the transform that a compositor will apply to a
* surface to compensate for the rotation or mirroring of an
* output device.
*
* The flipped values correspond to an initial flip around a
* vertical axis followed by rotation.
*
* The purpose is mainly to allow clients to render accordingly and
* tell the compositor, so that for fullscreen surfaces, the
* compositor will still be able to scan out directly from client
* surfaces.
*/
enum wl_output_transform {
/**
* no transform
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_NORMAL = 0,
/**
* 90 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_90 = 1,
/**
* 180 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_180 = 2,
/**
* 270 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_270 = 3,
/**
* 180 degree flip around a vertical axis
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED = 4,
/**
* flip and rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_90 = 5,
/**
* flip and rotate 180 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_180 = 6,
/**
* flip and rotate 270 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_270 = 7,
};
#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* mode information
*
* These flags describe properties of an output mode.
* They are used in the flags bitfield of the mode event.
*/
enum wl_output_mode {
/**
* indicates this is the current mode
*/
WL_OUTPUT_MODE_CURRENT = 0x1,
/**
* indicates this is the preferred mode
*/
WL_OUTPUT_MODE_PREFERRED = 0x2,
};
#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* @struct wl_output_listener
*/
struct wl_output_listener {
/**
* properties of the output
*
* The geometry event describes geometric properties of the
* output. The event is sent when binding to the output object and
* whenever any of the properties change.
* @param x x position within the global compositor space
* @param y y position within the global compositor space
* @param physical_width width in millimeters of the output
* @param physical_height height in millimeters of the output
* @param subpixel subpixel orientation of the output
* @param make textual description of the manufacturer
* @param model textual description of the model
* @param transform transform that maps framebuffer to output
*/
void (*geometry)(void *data,
struct wl_output *wl_output,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
int32_t physical_width,
int32_t physical_height,
int32_t subpixel,
const char *make,
const char *model,
int32_t transform);
/**
* advertise available modes for the output
*
* The mode event describes an available mode for the output.
*
* The event is sent when binding to the output object and there
* will always be one mode, the current mode. The event is sent
* again if an output changes mode, for the mode that is now
* current. In other words, the current mode is always the last
* mode that was received with the current flag set.
*
* The size of a mode is given in physical hardware units of the
* output device. This is not necessarily the same as the output
* size in the global compositor space. For instance, the output
* may be scaled, as described in wl_output.scale, or transformed,
* as described in wl_output.transform.
* @param flags bitfield of mode flags
* @param width width of the mode in hardware units
* @param height height of the mode in hardware units
* @param refresh vertical refresh rate in mHz
*/
void (*mode)(void *data,
struct wl_output *wl_output,
uint32_t flags,
int32_t width,
int32_t height,
int32_t refresh);
/**
* sent all information about output
*
* This event is sent after all other properties have been sent
* after binding to the output object and after any other property
* changes done after that. This allows changes to the output
* properties to be seen as atomic, even if they happen via
* multiple events.
* @since 2
*/
void (*done)(void *data,
struct wl_output *wl_output);
/**
* output scaling properties
*
* This event contains scaling geometry information that is not
* in the geometry event. It may be sent after binding the output
* object or if the output scale changes later. If it is not sent,
* the client should assume a scale of 1.
*
* A scale larger than 1 means that the compositor will
* automatically scale surface buffers by this amount when
* rendering. This is used for very high resolution displays where
* applications rendering at the native resolution would be too
* small to be legible.
*
* It is intended that scaling aware clients track the current
* output of a surface, and if it is on a scaled output it should
* use wl_surface.set_buffer_scale with the scale of the output.
* That way the compositor can avoid scaling the surface, and the
* client can supply a higher detail image.
* @param factor scaling factor of output
* @since 2
*/
void (*scale)(void *data,
struct wl_output *wl_output,
int32_t factor);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
static inline int
wl_output_add_listener(struct wl_output *wl_output,
const struct wl_output_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/** @ingroup iface_wl_output */
static inline void
wl_output_set_user_data(struct wl_output *wl_output, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_output */
static inline void *
wl_output_get_user_data(struct wl_output *wl_output)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_output_get_version(struct wl_output *wl_output)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_output */
static inline void
wl_output_destroy(struct wl_output *wl_output)
{
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*
* Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
* use the output object anymore.
*/
static inline void
wl_output_release(struct wl_output *wl_output)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output,
WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
}
#define WL_REGION_DESTROY 0
#define WL_REGION_ADD 1
#define WL_REGION_SUBTRACT 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*/
#define WL_REGION_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*/
#define WL_REGION_ADD_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*/
#define WL_REGION_SUBTRACT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_region */
static inline void
wl_region_set_user_data(struct wl_region *wl_region, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_region */
static inline void *
wl_region_get_user_data(struct wl_region *wl_region)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_region_get_version(struct wl_region *wl_region)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*
* Destroy the region. This will invalidate the object ID.
*/
static inline void
wl_region_destroy(struct wl_region *wl_region)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region,
WL_REGION_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*
* Add the specified rectangle to the region.
*/
static inline void
wl_region_add(struct wl_region *wl_region, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region,
WL_REGION_ADD, x, y, width, height);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*
* Subtract the specified rectangle from the region.
*/
static inline void
wl_region_subtract(struct wl_region *wl_region, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region,
WL_REGION_SUBTRACT, x, y, width, height);
}
#ifndef WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_subcompositor_error {
/**
* the to-be sub-surface is invalid
*/
WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM */
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY 0
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
*/
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
*/
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor */
static inline void
wl_subcompositor_set_user_data(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor */
static inline void *
wl_subcompositor_get_user_data(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_subcompositor_get_version(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
*
* Informs the server that the client will not be using this
* protocol object anymore. This does not affect any other
* objects, wl_subsurface objects included.
*/
static inline void
wl_subcompositor_destroy(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor,
WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
*
* Create a sub-surface interface for the given surface, and
* associate it with the given parent surface. This turns a
* plain wl_surface into a sub-surface.
*
* The to-be sub-surface must not already have another role, and it
* must not have an existing wl_subsurface object. Otherwise a protocol
* error is raised.
*/
static inline struct wl_subsurface *
wl_subcompositor_get_subsurface(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor, struct wl_surface *surface, struct wl_surface *parent)
{
struct wl_proxy *id;
id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor,
WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE, &wl_subsurface_interface, NULL, surface, parent);
return (struct wl_subsurface *) id;
}
#ifndef WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_subsurface_error {
/**
* wl_surface is not a sibling or the parent
*/
WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY 0
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION 1
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE 2
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW 3
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC 4
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface */
static inline void
wl_subsurface_set_user_data(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface */
static inline void *
wl_subsurface_get_user_data(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface);
}
static inline uint32_t
wl_subsurface_get_version(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*
* The sub-surface interface is removed from the wl_surface object
* that was turned into a sub-surface with a
* wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface request. The wl_surface's association
* to the parent is deleted, and the wl_surface loses its role as
* a sub-surface. The wl_surface is unmapped.
*/
static inline void
wl_subsurface_destroy(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*
* This schedules a sub-surface position change.
* The sub-surface will be moved so that its origin (top left
* corner pixel) will be at the location x, y of the parent surface
* coordinate system. The coordinates are not restricted to the parent
* surface area. Negative values are allowed.
*
* The scheduled coordinates will take effect whenever the state of the
* parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the
* parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
*
* If more than one set_position request is invoked by the client before
* the commit of the parent surface, the position of a new request always
* replaces the scheduled position from any previous request.
*
* The initial position is 0, 0.
*/
static inline void
wl_subsurface_set_position(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, int32_t x, int32_t y)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION, x, y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*
* This sub-surface is taken from the stack, and put back just
* above the reference surface, changing the z-order of the sub-surfaces.
* The reference surface must be one of the sibling surfaces, or the
* parent surface. Using any other surface, including this sub-surface,
* will cause a protocol error.
*
* The z-order is double-buffered. Requests are handled in order and
* applied immediately to a pending state. The final pending state is
* copied to the active state the next time the state of the parent
* surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the parent
* surface is in synchronized mode or not. See wl_subsurface.set_sync and
* wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
*
* A new sub-surface is initially added as the top-most in the stack
* of its siblings and parent.
*/
static inline void
wl_subsurface_place_above(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, struct wl_surface *sibling)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE, sibling);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*
* The sub-surface is placed just below the reference surface.
* See wl_subsurface.place_above.
*/
static inline void
wl_subsurface_place_below(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, struct wl_surface *sibling)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW, sibling);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*
* Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to synchronized
* mode, also described as the parent dependent mode.
*
* In synchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
* accumulate the committed state in a cache, but the state will
* not be applied and hence will not change the compositor output.
* The cached state is applied to the sub-surface immediately after
* the parent surface's state is applied. This ensures atomic
* updates of the parent and all its synchronized sub-surfaces.
* Applying the cached state will invalidate the cache, so further
* parent surface commits do not (re-)apply old state.
*
* See wl_subsurface for the recursive effect of this mode.
*/
static inline void
wl_subsurface_set_sync(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*
* Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to desynchronized
* mode, also described as independent or freely running mode.
*
* In desynchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
* apply the pending state directly, without caching, as happens
* normally with a wl_surface. Calling wl_surface.commit on the
* parent surface has no effect on the sub-surface's wl_surface
* state. This mode allows a sub-surface to be updated on its own.
*
* If cached state exists when wl_surface.commit is called in
* desynchronized mode, the pending state is added to the cached
* state, and applied as a whole. This invalidates the cache.
*
* Note: even if a sub-surface is set to desynchronized, a parent
* sub-surface may override it to behave as synchronized. For details,
* see wl_subsurface.
*
* If a surface's parent surface behaves as desynchronized, then
* the cached state is applied on set_desync.
*/
static inline void
wl_subsurface_set_desync(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC);
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/small-client.h 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000011001 13142400404 014750 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
#ifndef SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
#define SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
#include
#include
#include "wayland-client.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
* @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
* @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
*
*
* Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
struct another_intf;
struct intf_A;
struct intf_not_here;
/**
* @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
* @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
* @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
* See @ref iface_intf_A.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
#ifndef INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
#define INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
enum intf_A_foo {
/**
* this is the first
*/
INTF_A_FOO_FIRST = 0,
/**
* this is the second
*/
INTF_A_FOO_SECOND = 1,
/**
* this is the third
* @since 2
*/
INTF_A_FOO_THIRD = 2,
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_FOO_THIRD_SINCE_VERSION 2
#endif /* INTF_A_FOO_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
* @struct intf_A_listener
*/
struct intf_A_listener {
/**
*/
void (*hey)(void *data,
struct intf_A *intf_A);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline int
intf_A_add_listener(struct intf_A *intf_A,
const struct intf_A_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define INTF_A_RQ1 0
#define INTF_A_RQ2 1
#define INTF_A_DESTROY 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
static inline void
intf_A_set_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
static inline void *
intf_A_get_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
}
static inline uint32_t
intf_A_get_version(struct intf_A *intf_A)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline void *
intf_A_rq1(struct intf_A *intf_A, const struct wl_interface *interface, uint32_t version)
{
struct wl_proxy *untyped_new;
untyped_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor_versioned((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
INTF_A_RQ1, interface, version, interface->name, version, NULL);
return (void *) untyped_new;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline struct intf_not_here *
intf_A_rq2(struct intf_A *intf_A, const char *str, int32_t i, uint32_t u, wl_fixed_t f, int32_t fd, struct another_intf *obj)
{
struct wl_proxy *typed_new;
typed_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
INTF_A_RQ2, &intf_not_here_interface, NULL, str, i, u, f, fd, obj);
return (struct intf_not_here *) typed_new;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline void
intf_A_destroy(struct intf_A *intf_A)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
INTF_A_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/example-server.h 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000417137 13142400404 015347 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
#ifndef WAYLAND_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
#define WAYLAND_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
#include
#include
#include "wayland-server.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct wl_client;
struct wl_resource;
/**
* @page page_wayland The wayland protocol
* @section page_ifaces_wayland Interfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_display - core global object
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_registry - global registry object
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_callback - callback object
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_compositor - the compositor singleton
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm_pool - a shared memory pool
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm - shared memory support
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_buffer - content for a wl_surface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_offer - offer to transfer data
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_source - offer to transfer data
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device - data transfer device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device_manager - data transfer interface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell - create desktop-style surfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell_surface - desktop-style metadata interface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_surface - an onscreen surface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_seat - group of input devices
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_pointer - pointer input device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_keyboard - keyboard input device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_touch - touchscreen input device
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_output - compositor output region
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_region - region interface
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_subcompositor - sub-surface compositing
* - @subpage page_iface_wl_subsurface - sub-surface interface to a wl_surface
* @section page_copyright_wayland Copyright
*
*
* Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
* Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
* Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
struct wl_buffer;
struct wl_callback;
struct wl_compositor;
struct wl_data_device;
struct wl_data_device_manager;
struct wl_data_offer;
struct wl_data_source;
struct wl_display;
struct wl_keyboard;
struct wl_output;
struct wl_pointer;
struct wl_region;
struct wl_registry;
struct wl_seat;
struct wl_shell;
struct wl_shell_surface;
struct wl_shm;
struct wl_shm_pool;
struct wl_subcompositor;
struct wl_subsurface;
struct wl_surface;
struct wl_touch;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_display wl_display
* @section page_iface_wl_display_desc Description
*
* The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
* is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
* @section page_iface_wl_display_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_display.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_display The wl_display interface
*
* The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
* is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_display_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_registry wl_registry
* @section page_iface_wl_registry_desc Description
*
* The singleton global registry object. The server has a number of
* global objects that are available to all clients. These objects
* typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
* an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
* extension functionality.
*
* When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
* will emit a global event for each global currently in the
* registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
* monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
* registry will send out global and global_remove events to
* keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
* of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
* wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
* wl_display.get_registry.
*
* A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
* request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
* emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
* the object.
* @section page_iface_wl_registry_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_registry.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_registry The wl_registry interface
*
* The singleton global registry object. The server has a number of
* global objects that are available to all clients. These objects
* typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
* an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
* extension functionality.
*
* When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
* will emit a global event for each global currently in the
* registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
* monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
* registry will send out global and global_remove events to
* keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
* of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
* wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
* wl_display.get_registry.
*
* A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
* request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
* emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
* the object.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_callback wl_callback
* @section page_iface_wl_callback_desc Description
*
* Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
* the related request is done.
* @section page_iface_wl_callback_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_callback.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_callback The wl_callback interface
*
* Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
* the related request is done.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_compositor wl_compositor
* @section page_iface_wl_compositor_desc Description
*
* A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
* compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
* surfaces into one displayable output.
* @section page_iface_wl_compositor_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_compositor.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_compositor The wl_compositor interface
*
* A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
* compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
* surfaces into one displayable output.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_compositor_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shm_pool wl_shm_pool
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_desc Description
*
* The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
* between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
* object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
* All objects created through the same pool share the same
* underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
* setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
* a surface or for many small buffers.
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shm_pool.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shm_pool The wl_shm_pool interface
*
* The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
* between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
* object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
* All objects created through the same pool share the same
* underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
* setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
* a surface or for many small buffers.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shm wl_shm
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_desc Description
*
* A singleton global object that provides support for shared
* memory.
*
* Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
* request.
*
* At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
* format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
* that can be used for buffers.
* @section page_iface_wl_shm_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shm.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shm The wl_shm interface
*
* A singleton global object that provides support for shared
* memory.
*
* Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
* request.
*
* At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
* format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
* that can be used for buffers.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_buffer wl_buffer
* @section page_iface_wl_buffer_desc Description
*
* A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
* created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
* similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
* wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
* updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
* @section page_iface_wl_buffer_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_buffer.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_buffer The wl_buffer interface
*
* A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
* created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
* similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
* wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
* updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_offer wl_data_offer
* @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_desc Description
*
* A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
* by another client (the source client). It is used by the
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
* describes the different mime types that the data can be
* converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
* data directly from the source client.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_offer.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_offer The wl_data_offer interface
*
* A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
* by another client (the source client). It is used by the
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
* describes the different mime types that the data can be
* converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
* data directly from the source client.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_source wl_data_source
* @section page_iface_wl_data_source_desc Description
*
* The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
* It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
* provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
* to requests to transfer the data.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_source_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_source.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_source The wl_data_source interface
*
* The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
* It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
* provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
* to requests to transfer the data.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_device wl_data_device
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_desc Description
*
* There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
* from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
*
* A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
* mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_device.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_device The wl_data_device interface
*
* There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
* from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
*
* A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
* mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_data_device_manager wl_data_device_manager
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_desc Description
*
* The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
* provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
* a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
* corresponding to a wl_seat.
*
* Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
* wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
* functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
* wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
* @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_data_device_manager.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_data_device_manager The wl_data_device_manager interface
*
* The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
* provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
* copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
* a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
* corresponding to a wl_seat.
*
* Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
* wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
* functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
* wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_manager_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shell wl_shell
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_desc Description
*
* This interface is implemented by servers that provide
* desktop-style user interfaces.
*
* It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
* a basic surface.
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shell.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shell The wl_shell interface
*
* This interface is implemented by servers that provide
* desktop-style user interfaces.
*
* It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
* a basic surface.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_shell_surface wl_shell_surface
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_desc Description
*
* An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
* implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
*
* It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
* or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
* metadata like title and class, etc.
*
* On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
* the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
* wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
* the wl_surface object.
* @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_shell_surface.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_shell_surface The wl_shell_surface interface
*
* An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
* implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
*
* It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
* or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
* metadata like title and class, etc.
*
* On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
* the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
* wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
* the wl_surface object.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_surface wl_surface
* @section page_iface_wl_surface_desc Description
*
* A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
* It has a location, size and pixel contents.
*
* The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
* in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
* coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
* or a buffer_scale is used.
*
* A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
* not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
* purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
* pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
* (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
* (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
* shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
*
* A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
* wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
* role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
* wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
* unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
* specification.
*
* Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
* wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
* that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
* request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
* role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
* client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
* object' before the wl_surface.
*
* Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
* wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
* For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
* it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
* z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
* wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
* a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
* switching is not allowed).
* @section page_iface_wl_surface_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_surface.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_surface The wl_surface interface
*
* A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
* It has a location, size and pixel contents.
*
* The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
* in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
* coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
* or a buffer_scale is used.
*
* A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
* not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
* purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
* pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
* (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
* (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
* shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
*
* A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
* wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
* role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
* wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
* unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
* specification.
*
* Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
* wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
* that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
* request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
* role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
* client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
* object' before the wl_surface.
*
* Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
* wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
* For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
* it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
* z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
* wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
* a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
* switching is not allowed).
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_seat wl_seat
* @section page_iface_wl_seat_desc Description
*
* A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
* object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
* device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
* maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
* @section page_iface_wl_seat_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_seat.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_seat The wl_seat interface
*
* A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
* object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
* device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
* maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_pointer wl_pointer
* @section page_iface_wl_pointer_desc Description
*
* The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
* such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
* of a seat.
*
* The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
* events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
* and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
* and scrolling.
* @section page_iface_wl_pointer_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_pointer.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_pointer The wl_pointer interface
*
* The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
* such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
* of a seat.
*
* The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
* events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
* and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
* and scrolling.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_keyboard wl_keyboard
* @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_desc Description
*
* The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
* associated with a seat.
* @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_keyboard.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_keyboard The wl_keyboard interface
*
* The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
* associated with a seat.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_touch wl_touch
* @section page_iface_wl_touch_desc Description
*
* The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
* associated with a seat.
*
* Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
* For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
* with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
* and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
* contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
* @section page_iface_wl_touch_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_touch.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_touch The wl_touch interface
*
* The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
* associated with a seat.
*
* Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
* For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
* with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
* and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
* contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_output wl_output
* @section page_iface_wl_output_desc Description
*
* An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
* compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
* output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
* actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
* displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
* as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
* @section page_iface_wl_output_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_output.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_output The wl_output interface
*
* An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
* compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
* output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
* actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
* displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
* as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_region wl_region
* @section page_iface_wl_region_desc Description
*
* A region object describes an area.
*
* Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
* regions of a surface.
* @section page_iface_wl_region_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_region.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_region The wl_region interface
*
* A region object describes an area.
*
* Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
* regions of a surface.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_subcompositor wl_subcompositor
* @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_desc Description
*
* The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
* A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
* parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
* a tree of sub-surfaces.
*
* The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
* surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
* sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
*
* A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
* For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
* to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
* such.
*
* The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
* within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
* a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
* objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
* processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
* @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_subcompositor.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_subcompositor The wl_subcompositor interface
*
* The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
* A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
* parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
* a tree of sub-surfaces.
*
* The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
* surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
* sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
*
* A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
* For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
* to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
* such.
*
* The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
* within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
* a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
* objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
* processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_subcompositor_interface;
/**
* @page page_iface_wl_subsurface wl_subsurface
* @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_desc Description
*
* An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
* made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
* sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
* Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
* parent's area.
*
* A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
* and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
* first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
* hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
* recursively through the tree of surfaces.
*
* The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
* depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
* synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
* mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
* state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
* wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
* synchronized mode.
*
* Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
* wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
* state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
* surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
* the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
* .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
* wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
* As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
*
* The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
* since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
*
* Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
* in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
* synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
* tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
* synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
* sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
*
* If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
* wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
* takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
* of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
* first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
* the sub-surface.
*
* If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
* unmapped.
* @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_api API
* See @ref iface_wl_subsurface.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_wl_subsurface The wl_subsurface interface
*
* An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
* made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
* sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
* Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
* parent's area.
*
* A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
* and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
* first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
* hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
* recursively through the tree of surfaces.
*
* The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
* depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
* synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
* mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
* state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
* wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
* synchronized mode.
*
* Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
* wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
* state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
* surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
* the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
* .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
* wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
* As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
*
* The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
* since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
*
* Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
* in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
* synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
* tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
* synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
* sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
*
* If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
* wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
* takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
* of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
* first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
* the sub-surface.
*
* If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
* unmapped.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface;
#ifndef WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
* global error values
*
* These errors are global and can be emitted in response to any
* server request.
*/
enum wl_display_error {
/**
* server couldn't find object
*/
WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_OBJECT = 0,
/**
* method doesn't exist on the specified interface
*/
WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_METHOD = 1,
/**
* server is out of memory
*/
WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_NO_MEMORY = 2,
};
#endif /* WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
* @struct wl_display_interface
*/
struct wl_display_interface {
/**
* asynchronous roundtrip
*
* The sync request asks the server to emit the 'done' event on
* the returned wl_callback object. Since requests are handled
* in-order and events are delivered in-order, this can be used as
* a barrier to ensure all previous requests and the resulting
* events have been handled.
*
* The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
* compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client
* must not attempt to use it after that point.
*
* The callback_data passed in the callback is the event serial.
* @param callback callback object for the sync request
*/
void (*sync)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t callback);
/**
* get global registry object
*
* This request creates a registry object that allows the client
* to list and bind the global objects available from the
* compositor.
* @param registry global registry object
*/
void (*get_registry)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t registry);
};
#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR 0
#define WL_DISPLAY_DELETE_ID 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_DELETE_ID_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_display
*/
#define WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
* @struct wl_registry_interface
*/
struct wl_registry_interface {
/**
* bind an object to the display
*
* Binds a new, client-created object to the server using the
* specified name as the identifier.
* @param name unique numeric name of the object
* @param interface name of the objects interface
* @param version version of the objects interface
* @param id bounded object
*/
void (*bind)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t name,
const char *interface, uint32_t version, uint32_t id);
};
#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL 0
#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
*/
#define WL_REGISTRY_BIND_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
* Sends an global event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param name numeric name of the global object
* @param interface interface implemented by the object
* @param version interface version
*/
static inline void
wl_registry_send_global(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t name, const char *interface, uint32_t version)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL, name, interface, version);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_registry
* Sends an global_remove event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param name numeric name of the global object
*/
static inline void
wl_registry_send_global_remove(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t name)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE, name);
}
#define WL_CALLBACK_DONE 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_callback
*/
#define WL_CALLBACK_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_callback
* Sends an done event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param callback_data request-specific data for the callback
*/
static inline void
wl_callback_send_done(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t callback_data)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_CALLBACK_DONE, callback_data);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
* @struct wl_compositor_interface
*/
struct wl_compositor_interface {
/**
* create new surface
*
* Ask the compositor to create a new surface.
* @param id the new surface
*/
void (*create_surface)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id);
/**
* create new region
*
* Ask the compositor to create a new region.
* @param id the new region
*/
void (*create_region)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
*/
#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
*/
#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
* @struct wl_shm_pool_interface
*/
struct wl_shm_pool_interface {
/**
* create a buffer from the pool
*
* Create a wl_buffer object from the pool.
*
* The buffer is created offset bytes into the pool and has width
* and height as specified. The stride argument specifies the
* number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning
* of the next. The format is the pixel format of the buffer and
* must be one of those advertised through the wl_shm.format event.
*
* A buffer will keep a reference to the pool it was created from
* so it is valid to destroy the pool immediately after creating a
* buffer from it.
* @param id buffer to create
* @param offset buffer byte offset within the pool
* @param width buffer width, in pixels
* @param height buffer height, in pixels
* @param stride number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning of the next row
* @param format buffer pixel format
*/
void (*create_buffer)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id,
int32_t offset,
int32_t width,
int32_t height,
int32_t stride,
uint32_t format);
/**
* destroy the pool
*
* Destroy the shared memory pool.
*
* The mmapped memory will be released when all buffers that have
* been created from this pool are gone.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* change the size of the pool mapping
*
* This request will cause the server to remap the backing memory
* for the pool from the file descriptor passed when the pool was
* created, but using the new size. This request can only be used
* to make the pool bigger.
* @param size new size of the pool, in bytes
*/
void (*resize)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t size);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*/
#define WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*/
#define WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
*/
#define WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
#ifndef WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* wl_shm error values
*
* These errors can be emitted in response to wl_shm requests.
*/
enum wl_shm_error {
/**
* buffer format is not known
*/
WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FORMAT = 0,
/**
* invalid size or stride during pool or buffer creation
*/
WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_STRIDE = 1,
/**
* mmapping the file descriptor failed
*/
WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FD = 2,
};
#endif /* WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* pixel formats
*
* This describes the memory layout of an individual pixel.
*
* All renderers should support argb8888 and xrgb8888 but any other
* formats are optional and may not be supported by the particular
* renderer in use.
*
* The drm format codes match the macros defined in drm_fourcc.h.
* The formats actually supported by the compositor will be
* reported by the format event.
*/
enum wl_shm_format {
/**
* 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB8888 = 0,
/**
* 32-bit RGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB8888 = 1,
/**
* 8-bit color index format, [7:0] C
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_C8 = 0x20203843,
/**
* 8-bit RGB format, [7:0] R:G:B 3:3:2
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB332 = 0x38424752,
/**
* 8-bit BGR format, [7:0] B:G:R 2:3:3
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR233 = 0x38524742,
/**
* 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB4444 = 0x32315258,
/**
* 16-bit xBGR format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR4444 = 0x32314258,
/**
* 16-bit RGBx format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX4444 = 0x32315852,
/**
* 16-bit BGRx format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX4444 = 0x32315842,
/**
* 16-bit ARGB format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB4444 = 0x32315241,
/**
* 16-bit ABGR format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR4444 = 0x32314241,
/**
* 16-bit RBGA format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA4444 = 0x32314152,
/**
* 16-bit BGRA format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA4444 = 0x32314142,
/**
* 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB1555 = 0x35315258,
/**
* 16-bit xBGR 1555 format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR1555 = 0x35314258,
/**
* 16-bit RGBx 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX5551 = 0x35315852,
/**
* 16-bit BGRx 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX5551 = 0x35315842,
/**
* 16-bit ARGB 1555 format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB1555 = 0x35315241,
/**
* 16-bit ABGR 1555 format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR1555 = 0x35314241,
/**
* 16-bit RGBA 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA5551 = 0x35314152,
/**
* 16-bit BGRA 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA5551 = 0x35314142,
/**
* 16-bit RGB 565 format, [15:0] R:G:B 5:6:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB565 = 0x36314752,
/**
* 16-bit BGR 565 format, [15:0] B:G:R 5:6:5 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR565 = 0x36314742,
/**
* 24-bit RGB format, [23:0] R:G:B little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB888 = 0x34324752,
/**
* 24-bit BGR format, [23:0] B:G:R little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR888 = 0x34324742,
/**
* 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR8888 = 0x34324258,
/**
* 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX8888 = 0x34325852,
/**
* 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX8888 = 0x34325842,
/**
* 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR8888 = 0x34324241,
/**
* 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA8888 = 0x34324152,
/**
* 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA8888 = 0x34324142,
/**
* 32-bit xRGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB2101010 = 0x30335258,
/**
* 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR2101010 = 0x30334258,
/**
* 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX1010102 = 0x30335852,
/**
* 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX1010102 = 0x30335842,
/**
* 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB2101010 = 0x30335241,
/**
* 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR2101010 = 0x30334241,
/**
* 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA1010102 = 0x30334152,
/**
* 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA1010102 = 0x30334142,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUYV = 0x56595559,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cb0:Y1:Cr0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVYU = 0x55595659,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cr0:Y0:Cb0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_UYVY = 0x59565955,
/**
* packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cb0:Y0:Cr0 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_VYUY = 0x59555956,
/**
* packed AYCbCr format, [31:0] A:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_AYUV = 0x56555941,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV12 = 0x3231564e,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV21 = 0x3132564e,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV16 = 0x3631564e,
/**
* 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV61 = 0x3136564e,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV410 = 0x39565559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU410 = 0x39555659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV411 = 0x31315559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU411 = 0x31315659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV420 = 0x32315559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU420 = 0x32315659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV422 = 0x36315559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU422 = 0x36315659,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV444 = 0x34325559,
/**
* 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
*/
WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU444 = 0x34325659,
};
#endif /* WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* @struct wl_shm_interface
*/
struct wl_shm_interface {
/**
* create a shm pool
*
* Create a new wl_shm_pool object.
*
* The pool can be used to create shared memory based buffer
* objects. The server will mmap size bytes of the passed file
* descriptor, to use as backing memory for the pool.
* @param id pool to create
* @param fd file descriptor for the pool
* @param size pool size, in bytes
*/
void (*create_pool)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id,
int32_t fd,
int32_t size);
};
#define WL_SHM_FORMAT 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
*/
#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
*/
#define WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shm
* Sends an format event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param format buffer pixel format
*/
static inline void
wl_shm_send_format(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t format)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHM_FORMAT, format);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
* @struct wl_buffer_interface
*/
struct wl_buffer_interface {
/**
* destroy a buffer
*
* Destroy a buffer. If and how you need to release the backing
* storage is defined by the buffer factory interface.
*
* For possible side-effects to a surface, see wl_surface.attach.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_BUFFER_RELEASE 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
*/
#define WL_BUFFER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
*/
#define WL_BUFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
* Sends an release event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_buffer_send_release(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_BUFFER_RELEASE);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_data_offer_error {
/**
* finish request was called untimely
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_FINISH = 0,
/**
* action mask contains invalid values
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 1,
/**
* action argument has an invalid value
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION = 2,
/**
* offer doesn't accept this request
*/
WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_OFFER = 3,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
* @struct wl_data_offer_interface
*/
struct wl_data_offer_interface {
/**
* accept one of the offered mime types
*
* Indicate that the client can accept the given mime type, or
* NULL for not accepted.
*
* For objects of version 2 or older, this request is used by the
* client to give feedback whether the client can receive the given
* mime type, or NULL if none is accepted; the feedback does not
* determine whether the drag-and-drop operation succeeds or not.
*
* For objects of version 3 or newer, this request determines the
* final result of the drag-and-drop operation. If the end result
* is that no mime types were accepted, the drag-and-drop operation
* will be cancelled and the corresponding drag source will receive
* wl_data_source.cancelled. Clients may still use this event in
* conjunction with wl_data_source.action for feedback.
* @param serial serial number of the accept request
* @param mime_type mime type accepted by the client
*/
void (*accept)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t serial,
const char *mime_type);
/**
* request that the data is transferred
*
* To transfer the offered data, the client issues this request
* and indicates the mime type it wants to receive. The transfer
* happens through the passed file descriptor (typically created
* with the pipe system call). The source client writes the data in
* the mime type representation requested and then closes the file
* descriptor.
*
* The receiving client reads from the read end of the pipe until
* EOF and then closes its end, at which point the transfer is
* complete.
*
* This request may happen multiple times for different mime types,
* both before and after wl_data_device.drop. Drag-and-drop
* destination clients may preemptively fetch data or examine it
* more closely to determine acceptance.
* @param mime_type mime type desired by receiver
* @param fd file descriptor for data transfer
*/
void (*receive)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
const char *mime_type,
int32_t fd);
/**
* destroy data offer
*
* Destroy the data offer.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* the offer will no longer be used
*
* Notifies the compositor that the drag destination successfully
* finished the drag-and-drop operation.
*
* Upon receiving this request, the compositor will emit
* wl_data_source.dnd_finished on the drag source client.
*
* It is a client error to perform other requests than
* wl_data_offer.destroy after this one. It is also an error to
* perform this request after a NULL mime type has been set in
* wl_data_offer.accept or no action was received through
* wl_data_offer.action.
* @since 3
*/
void (*finish)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* set the available/preferred drag-and-drop actions
*
* Sets the actions that the destination side client supports for
* this operation. This request may trigger the emission of
* wl_data_source.action and wl_data_offer.action events if the
* compositor needs to change the selected action.
*
* This request can be called multiple times throughout the
* drag-and-drop operation, typically in response to
* wl_data_device.enter or wl_data_device.motion events.
*
* This request determines the final result of the drag-and-drop
* operation. If the end result is that no action is accepted, the
* drag source will receive wl_drag_source.cancelled.
*
* The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in
* the wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, and the
* preferred_action argument must only contain one of those values
* set, otherwise it will result in a protocol error.
*
* While managing an "ask" action, the destination drag-and-drop
* client may perform further wl_data_offer.receive requests, and
* is expected to perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions
* request with a preferred action other than "ask" (and optionally
* wl_data_offer.accept) before requesting wl_data_offer.finish, in
* order to convey the action selected by the user. If the
* preferred action is not in the wl_data_offer.source_actions
* mask, an error will be raised.
*
* If the "ask" action is dismissed (e.g. user cancellation), the
* client is expected to perform wl_data_offer.destroy right away.
*
* This request can only be made on drag-and-drop offers, a
* protocol error will be raised otherwise.
* @param dnd_actions actions supported by the destination client
* @param preferred_action action preferred by the destination client
* @since 3
*/
void (*set_actions)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t dnd_actions,
uint32_t preferred_action);
};
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER 0
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS 1
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
*/
#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
* Sends an offer event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param mime_type offered mime type
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_send_offer(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *mime_type)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER, mime_type);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
* Sends an source_actions event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param source_actions actions offered by the data source
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_send_source_actions(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t source_actions)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS, source_actions);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
* Sends an action event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
*/
static inline void
wl_data_offer_send_action(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t dnd_action)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION, dnd_action);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_data_source_error {
/**
* action mask contains invalid values
*/
WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 0,
/**
* source doesn't accept this request
*/
WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_SOURCE = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* @struct wl_data_source_interface
*/
struct wl_data_source_interface {
/**
* add an offered mime type
*
* This request adds a mime type to the set of mime types
* advertised to targets. Can be called several times to offer
* multiple types.
* @param mime_type mime type offered by the data source
*/
void (*offer)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
const char *mime_type);
/**
* destroy the data source
*
* Destroy the data source.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* set the available drag-and-drop actions
*
* Sets the actions that the source side client supports for this
* operation. This request may trigger wl_data_source.action and
* wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor needs to change
* the selected action.
*
* The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in
* the wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, otherwise it will
* result in a protocol error.
*
* This request must be made once only, and can only be made on
* sources used in drag-and-drop, so it must be performed before
* wl_data_device.start_drag. Attempting to use the source other
* than for drag-and-drop will raise a protocol error.
* @param dnd_actions actions supported by the data source
* @since 3
*/
void (*set_actions)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t dnd_actions);
};
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET 0
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND 1
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED 2
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED 3
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED 4
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
*/
#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* Sends an target event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param mime_type mime type accepted by the target
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_send_target(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *mime_type)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET, mime_type);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* Sends an send event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param mime_type mime type for the data
* @param fd file descriptor for the data
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_send_send(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *mime_type, int32_t fd)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND, mime_type, fd);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* Sends an cancelled event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_send_cancelled(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* Sends an dnd_drop_performed event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_send_dnd_drop_performed(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* Sends an dnd_finished event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_send_dnd_finished(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
* Sends an action event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
*/
static inline void
wl_data_source_send_action(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t dnd_action)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION, dnd_action);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_data_device_error {
/**
* given wl_surface has another role
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* @struct wl_data_device_interface
*/
struct wl_data_device_interface {
/**
* start drag-and-drop operation
*
* This request asks the compositor to start a drag-and-drop
* operation on behalf of the client.
*
* The source argument is the data source that provides the data
* for the eventual data transfer. If source is NULL, enter, leave
* and motion events are sent only to the client that initiated the
* drag and the client is expected to handle the data passing
* internally.
*
* The origin surface is the surface where the drag originates and
* the client must have an active implicit grab that matches the
* serial.
*
* The icon surface is an optional (can be NULL) surface that
* provides an icon to be moved around with the cursor. Initially,
* the top-left corner of the icon surface is placed at the cursor
* hotspot, but subsequent wl_surface.attach request can move the
* relative position. Attach requests must be confirmed with
* wl_surface.commit as usual. The icon surface is given the role
* of a drag-and-drop icon. If the icon surface already has another
* role, it raises a protocol error.
*
* The current and pending input regions of the icon wl_surface are
* cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
* wl_surface is no longer used as the icon surface. When the use
* as an icon ends, the current and pending input regions become
* undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
* @param source data source for the eventual transfer
* @param origin surface where the drag originates
* @param icon drag-and-drop icon surface
* @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the origin
*/
void (*start_drag)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *source,
struct wl_resource *origin,
struct wl_resource *icon,
uint32_t serial);
/**
* copy data to the selection
*
* This request asks the compositor to set the selection to the
* data from the source on behalf of the client.
*
* To unset the selection, set the source to NULL.
* @param source data source for the selection
* @param serial serial number of the event that triggered this request
*/
void (*set_selection)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *source,
uint32_t serial);
/**
* destroy data device
*
* This request destroys the data device.
* @since 2
*/
void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER 0
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER 1
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE 2
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION 3
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP 4
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* Sends an data_offer event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param id the new data_offer object
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_send_data_offer(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *id)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER, id);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface client surface entered
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
* @param id source data_offer object
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y, struct wl_resource *id)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER, serial, surface, x, y, id);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* Sends an motion event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_send_motion(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION, time, x, y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* Sends an drop event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_send_drop(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
* Sends an selection event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param id selection data_offer object
*/
static inline void
wl_data_device_send_selection(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *id)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION, id);
}
#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
* drag and drop actions
*
* This is a bitmask of the available/preferred actions in a
* drag-and-drop operation.
*
* In the compositor, the selected action is a result of matching the
* actions offered by the source and destination sides. "action" events
* with a "none" action will be sent to both source and destination if
* there is no match. All further checks will effectively happen on
* (source actions ∩ destination actions).
*
* In addition, compositors may also pick different actions in
* reaction to key modifiers being pressed. One common design that
* is used in major toolkits (and the behavior recommended for
* compositors) is:
*
* - If no modifiers are pressed, the first match (in bit order)
* will be used.
* - Pressing Shift selects "move", if enabled in the mask.
* - Pressing Control selects "copy", if enabled in the mask.
*
* Behavior beyond that is considered implementation-dependent.
* Compositors may for example bind other modifiers (like Alt/Meta)
* or drags initiated with other buttons than BTN_LEFT to specific
* actions (e.g. "ask").
*/
enum wl_data_device_manager_dnd_action {
/**
* no action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_NONE = 0,
/**
* copy action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_COPY = 1,
/**
* move action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_MOVE = 2,
/**
* ask action
*/
WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ASK = 4,
};
#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
* @struct wl_data_device_manager_interface
*/
struct wl_data_device_manager_interface {
/**
* create a new data source
*
* Create a new data source.
* @param id data source to create
*/
void (*create_data_source)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id);
/**
* create a new data device
*
* Create a new data device for a given seat.
* @param id data device to create
* @param seat seat associated with the data device
*/
void (*get_data_device)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id,
struct wl_resource *seat);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
*/
#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE_SINCE_VERSION 1
#ifndef WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_shell_error {
/**
* given wl_surface has another role
*/
WL_SHELL_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell
* @struct wl_shell_interface
*/
struct wl_shell_interface {
/**
* create a shell surface from a surface
*
* Create a shell surface for an existing surface. This gives the
* wl_surface the role of a shell surface. If the wl_surface
* already has another role, it raises a protocol error.
*
* Only one shell surface can be associated with a given surface.
* @param id shell surface to create
* @param surface surface to be given the shell surface role
*/
void (*get_shell_surface)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id,
struct wl_resource *surface);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell
*/
#define WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* edge values for resizing
*
* These values are used to indicate which edge of a surface
* is being dragged in a resize operation. The server may
* use this information to adapt its behavior, e.g. choose
* an appropriate cursor image.
*/
enum wl_shell_surface_resize {
/**
* no edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_NONE = 0,
/**
* top edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP = 1,
/**
* bottom edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM = 2,
/**
* left edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_LEFT = 4,
/**
* top and left edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_LEFT = 5,
/**
* bottom and left edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_LEFT = 6,
/**
* right edge
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_RIGHT = 8,
/**
* top and right edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_RIGHT = 9,
/**
* bottom and right edges
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_RIGHT = 10,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* details of transient behaviour
*
* These flags specify details of the expected behaviour
* of transient surfaces. Used in the set_transient request.
*/
enum wl_shell_surface_transient {
/**
* do not set keyboard focus
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_INACTIVE = 0x1,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* different method to set the surface fullscreen
*
* Hints to indicate to the compositor how to deal with a conflict
* between the dimensions of the surface and the dimensions of the
* output. The compositor is free to ignore this parameter.
*/
enum wl_shell_surface_fullscreen_method {
/**
* no preference, apply default policy
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0,
/**
* scale, preserve the surface's aspect ratio and center on output
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_SCALE = 1,
/**
* switch output mode to the smallest mode that can fit the surface, add black borders to compensate size mismatch
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DRIVER = 2,
/**
* no upscaling, center on output and add black borders to compensate size mismatch
*/
WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_FILL = 3,
};
#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* @struct wl_shell_surface_interface
*/
struct wl_shell_surface_interface {
/**
* respond to a ping event
*
* A client must respond to a ping event with a pong request or
* the client may be deemed unresponsive.
* @param serial serial number of the ping event
*/
void (*pong)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t serial);
/**
* start an interactive move
*
* Start a pointer-driven move of the surface.
*
* This request must be used in response to a button press event.
* The server may ignore move requests depending on the state of
* the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
* @param seat seat whose pointer is used
* @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer
*/
void (*move)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *seat,
uint32_t serial);
/**
* start an interactive resize
*
* Start a pointer-driven resizing of the surface.
*
* This request must be used in response to a button press event.
* The server may ignore resize requests depending on the state of
* the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
* @param seat seat whose pointer is used
* @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer
* @param edges which edge or corner is being dragged
*/
void (*resize)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *seat,
uint32_t serial,
uint32_t edges);
/**
* make the surface a toplevel surface
*
* Map the surface as a toplevel surface.
*
* A toplevel surface is not fullscreen, maximized or transient.
*/
void (*set_toplevel)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* make the surface a transient surface
*
* Map the surface relative to an existing surface.
*
* The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
* corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
* parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
*
* The flags argument controls details of the transient behaviour.
* @param parent parent surface
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
* @param flags transient surface behavior
*/
void (*set_transient)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *parent,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
uint32_t flags);
/**
* make the surface a fullscreen surface
*
* Map the surface as a fullscreen surface.
*
* If an output parameter is given then the surface will be made
* fullscreen on that output. If the client does not specify the
* output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
* choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
* area.
*
* The client may specify a method to resolve a size conflict
* between the output size and the surface size - this is provided
* through the method parameter.
*
* The framerate parameter is used only when the method is set to
* "driver", to indicate the preferred framerate. A value of 0
* indicates that the client does not care about framerate. The
* framerate is specified in mHz, that is framerate of 60000 is
* 60Hz.
*
* A method of "scale" or "driver" implies a scaling operation of
* the surface, either via a direct scaling operation or a change
* of the output mode. This will override any kind of output
* scaling, so that mapping a surface with a buffer size equal to
* the mode can fill the screen independent of buffer_scale.
*
* A method of "fill" means we don't scale up the buffer, however
* any output scale is applied. This means that you may run into an
* edge case where the application maps a buffer with the same size
* of the output mode but buffer_scale 1 (thus making a surface
* larger than the output). In this case it is allowed to downscale
* the results to fit the screen.
*
* The compositor must reply to this request with a configure event
* with the dimensions for the output on which the surface will be
* made fullscreen.
* @param method method for resolving size conflict
* @param framerate framerate in mHz
* @param output output on which the surface is to be fullscreen
*/
void (*set_fullscreen)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t method,
uint32_t framerate,
struct wl_resource *output);
/**
* make the surface a popup surface
*
* Map the surface as a popup.
*
* A popup surface is a transient surface with an added pointer
* grab.
*
* An existing implicit grab will be changed to owner-events mode,
* and the popup grab will continue after the implicit grab ends
* (i.e. releasing the mouse button does not cause the popup to be
* unmapped).
*
* The popup grab continues until the window is destroyed or a
* mouse button is pressed in any other client's window. A click in
* any of the client's surfaces is reported as normal, however,
* clicks in other clients' surfaces will be discarded and trigger
* the callback.
*
* The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
* corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
* parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
* @param seat seat whose pointer is used
* @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer
* @param parent parent surface
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
* @param flags transient surface behavior
*/
void (*set_popup)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *seat,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_resource *parent,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
uint32_t flags);
/**
* make the surface a maximized surface
*
* Map the surface as a maximized surface.
*
* If an output parameter is given then the surface will be
* maximized on that output. If the client does not specify the
* output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
* choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
* area.
*
* The compositor will reply with a configure event telling the
* expected new surface size. The operation is completed on the
* next buffer attach to this surface.
*
* A maximized surface typically fills the entire output it is
* bound to, except for desktop elements such as panels. This is
* the main difference between a maximized shell surface and a
* fullscreen shell surface.
*
* The details depend on the compositor implementation.
* @param output output on which the surface is to be maximized
*/
void (*set_maximized)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *output);
/**
* set surface title
*
* Set a short title for the surface.
*
* This string may be used to identify the surface in a task bar,
* window list, or other user interface elements provided by the
* compositor.
*
* The string must be encoded in UTF-8.
* @param title surface title
*/
void (*set_title)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
const char *title);
/**
* set surface class
*
* Set a class for the surface.
*
* The surface class identifies the general class of applications
* to which the surface belongs. A common convention is to use the
* file name (or the full path if it is a non-standard location) of
* the application's .desktop file as the class.
* @param class_ surface class
*/
void (*set_class)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
const char *class_);
};
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING 0
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE 1
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
*/
#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* Sends an ping event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the ping
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_send_ping(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING, serial);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* Sends an configure event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param edges how the surface was resized
* @param width new width of the surface
* @param height new height of the surface
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_send_configure(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t edges, int32_t width, int32_t height)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE, edges, width, height);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
* Sends an popup_done event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_shell_surface_send_popup_done(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE);
}
#ifndef WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
* wl_surface error values
*
* These errors can be emitted in response to wl_surface requests.
*/
enum wl_surface_error {
/**
* buffer scale value is invalid
*/
WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_SCALE = 0,
/**
* buffer transform value is invalid
*/
WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_TRANSFORM = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
* @struct wl_surface_interface
*/
struct wl_surface_interface {
/**
* delete surface
*
* Deletes the surface and invalidates its object ID.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* set the surface contents
*
* Set a buffer as the content of this surface.
*
* The new size of the surface is calculated based on the buffer
* size transformed by the inverse buffer_transform and the inverse
* buffer_scale. This means that the supplied buffer must be an
* integer multiple of the buffer_scale.
*
* The x and y arguments specify the location of the new pending
* buffer's upper left corner, relative to the current buffer's
* upper left corner, in surface-local coordinates. In other words,
* the x and y, combined with the new surface size define in which
* directions the surface's size changes.
*
* Surface contents are double-buffered state, see
* wl_surface.commit.
*
* The initial surface contents are void; there is no content.
* wl_surface.attach assigns the given wl_buffer as the pending
* wl_buffer. wl_surface.commit makes the pending wl_buffer the new
* surface contents, and the size of the surface becomes the size
* calculated from the wl_buffer, as described above. After commit,
* there is no pending buffer until the next attach.
*
* Committing a pending wl_buffer allows the compositor to read the
* pixels in the wl_buffer. The compositor may access the pixels at
* any time after the wl_surface.commit request. When the
* compositor will not access the pixels anymore, it will send the
* wl_buffer.release event. Only after receiving wl_buffer.release,
* the client may reuse the wl_buffer. A wl_buffer that has been
* attached and then replaced by another attach instead of
* committed will not receive a release event, and is not used by
* the compositor.
*
* Destroying the wl_buffer after wl_buffer.release does not change
* the surface contents. However, if the client destroys the
* wl_buffer before receiving the wl_buffer.release event, the
* surface contents become undefined immediately.
*
* If wl_surface.attach is sent with a NULL wl_buffer, the
* following wl_surface.commit will remove the surface content.
* @param buffer buffer of surface contents
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*attach)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *buffer,
int32_t x,
int32_t y);
/**
* mark part of the surface damaged
*
* This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
* buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
* the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
* ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the
* surface.
*
* Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* The damage rectangle is specified in surface-local coordinates,
* where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage
* rectangle.
*
* The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
* wl_surface.damage adds pending damage: the new pending damage is
* the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
*
* wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
* and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
* damage as it repaints the surface.
*
* Alternatively, damage can be posted with
* wl_surface.damage_buffer which uses buffer coordinates instead
* of surface coordinates, and is probably the preferred and
* intuitive way of doing this.
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
* @param width width of damage rectangle
* @param height height of damage rectangle
*/
void (*damage)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
int32_t width,
int32_t height);
/**
* request a frame throttling hint
*
* Request a notification when it is a good time to start drawing
* a new frame, by creating a frame callback. This is useful for
* throttling redrawing operations, and driving animations.
*
* When a client is animating on a wl_surface, it can use the
* 'frame' request to get notified when it is a good time to draw
* and commit the next frame of animation. If the client commits an
* update earlier than that, it is likely that some updates will
* not make it to the display, and the client is wasting resources
* by drawing too often.
*
* The frame request will take effect on the next
* wl_surface.commit. The notification will only be posted for one
* frame unless requested again. For a wl_surface, the
* notifications are posted in the order the frame requests were
* committed.
*
* The server must send the notifications so that a client will not
* send excessive updates, while still allowing the highest
* possible update rate for clients that wait for the reply before
* drawing again. The server should give some time for the client
* to draw and commit after sending the frame callback events to
* let it hit the next output refresh.
*
* A server should avoid signaling the frame callbacks if the
* surface is not visible in any way, e.g. the surface is
* off-screen, or completely obscured by other opaque surfaces.
*
* The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
* compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client
* must not attempt to use it after that point.
*
* The callback_data passed in the callback is the current time, in
* milliseconds, with an undefined base.
* @param callback callback object for the frame request
*/
void (*frame)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t callback);
/**
* set opaque region
*
* This request sets the region of the surface that contains
* opaque content.
*
* The opaque region is an optimization hint for the compositor
* that lets it optimize the redrawing of content behind opaque
* regions. Setting an opaque region is not required for correct
* behaviour, but marking transparent content as opaque will result
* in repaint artifacts.
*
* The opaque region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
*
* The compositor ignores the parts of the opaque region that fall
* outside of the surface.
*
* Opaque region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* wl_surface.set_opaque_region changes the pending opaque region.
* wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current
* region. Otherwise, the pending and current regions are never
* changed.
*
* The initial value for an opaque region is empty. Setting the
* pending opaque region has copy semantics, and the wl_region
* object can be destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the
* pending opaque region to be set to empty.
* @param region opaque region of the surface
*/
void (*set_opaque_region)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *region);
/**
* set input region
*
* This request sets the region of the surface that can receive
* pointer and touch events.
*
* Input events happening outside of this region will try the next
* surface in the server surface stack. The compositor ignores the
* parts of the input region that fall outside of the surface.
*
* The input region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
*
* Input region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* wl_surface.set_input_region changes the pending input region.
* wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current
* region. Otherwise the pending and current regions are never
* changed, except cursor and icon surfaces are special cases, see
* wl_pointer.set_cursor and wl_data_device.start_drag.
*
* The initial value for an input region is infinite. That means
* the whole surface will accept input. Setting the pending input
* region has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be
* destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the input region
* to be set to infinite.
* @param region input region of the surface
*/
void (*set_input_region)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *region);
/**
* commit pending surface state
*
* Surface state (input, opaque, and damage regions, attached
* buffers, etc.) is double-buffered. Protocol requests modify the
* pending state, as opposed to the current state in use by the
* compositor. A commit request atomically applies all pending
* state, replacing the current state. After commit, the new
* pending state is as documented for each related request.
*
* On commit, a pending wl_buffer is applied first, and all other
* state second. This means that all coordinates in double-buffered
* state are relative to the new wl_buffer coming into use, except
* for wl_surface.attach itself. If there is no pending wl_buffer,
* the coordinates are relative to the current surface contents.
*
* All requests that need a commit to become effective are
* documented to affect double-buffered state.
*
* Other interfaces may add further double-buffered surface state.
*/
void (*commit)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* sets the buffer transformation
*
* This request sets an optional transformation on how the
* compositor interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the
* surface. The accepted values for the transform parameter are the
* values for wl_output.transform.
*
* Buffer transform is double-buffered state, see
* wl_surface.commit.
*
* A newly created surface has its buffer transformation set to
* normal.
*
* wl_surface.set_buffer_transform changes the pending buffer
* transformation. wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer
* transformation to the current one. Otherwise, the pending and
* current values are never changed.
*
* The purpose of this request is to allow clients to render
* content according to the output transform, thus permitting the
* compositor to use certain optimizations even if the display is
* rotated. Using hardware overlays and scanning out a client
* buffer for fullscreen surfaces are examples of such
* optimizations. Those optimizations are highly dependent on the
* compositor implementation, so the use of this request should be
* considered on a case-by-case basis.
*
* Note that if the transform value includes 90 or 270 degree
* rotation, the width of the buffer will become the surface height
* and the height of the buffer will become the surface width.
*
* If transform is not one of the values from the
* wl_output.transform enum the invalid_transform protocol error is
* raised.
* @param transform transform for interpreting buffer contents
* @since 2
*/
void (*set_buffer_transform)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t transform);
/**
* sets the buffer scaling factor
*
* This request sets an optional scaling factor on how the
* compositor interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the
* window.
*
* Buffer scale is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* A newly created surface has its buffer scale set to 1.
*
* wl_surface.set_buffer_scale changes the pending buffer scale.
* wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer scale to the current
* one. Otherwise, the pending and current values are never
* changed.
*
* The purpose of this request is to allow clients to supply higher
* resolution buffer data for use on high resolution outputs. It is
* intended that you pick the same buffer scale as the scale of the
* output that the surface is displayed on. This means the
* compositor can avoid scaling when rendering the surface on that
* output.
*
* Note that if the scale is larger than 1, then you have to attach
* a buffer that is larger (by a factor of scale in each dimension)
* than the desired surface size.
*
* If scale is not positive the invalid_scale protocol error is
* raised.
* @param scale positive scale for interpreting buffer contents
* @since 3
*/
void (*set_buffer_scale)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t scale);
/**
* mark part of the surface damaged using buffer coordinates
*
* This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
* buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
* the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
* ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the
* surface.
*
* Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
*
* The damage rectangle is specified in buffer coordinates, where x
* and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
*
* The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
* wl_surface.damage_buffer adds pending damage: the new pending
* damage is the union of old pending damage and the given
* rectangle.
*
* wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
* and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
* damage as it repaints the surface.
*
* This request differs from wl_surface.damage in only one way - it
* takes damage in buffer coordinates instead of surface-local
* coordinates. While this generally is more intuitive than surface
* coordinates, it is especially desirable when using wp_viewport
* or when a drawing library (like EGL) is unaware of buffer scale
* and buffer transform.
*
* Note: Because buffer transformation changes and damage requests
* may be interleaved in the protocol stream, it is impossible to
* determine the actual mapping between surface and buffer damage
* until wl_surface.commit time. Therefore, compositors wishing to
* take both kinds of damage into account will have to accumulate
* damage from the two requests separately and only transform from
* one to the other after receiving the wl_surface.commit.
* @param x buffer-local x coordinate
* @param y buffer-local y coordinate
* @param width width of damage rectangle
* @param height height of damage rectangle
* @since 4
*/
void (*damage_buffer)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
int32_t width,
int32_t height);
};
#define WL_SURFACE_ENTER 0
#define WL_SURFACE_LEAVE 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_ATTACH_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_COMMIT_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
*/
#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 4
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
* Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param output output entered by the surface
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *output)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SURFACE_ENTER, output);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_surface
* Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param output output left by the surface
*/
static inline void
wl_surface_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *output)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SURFACE_LEAVE, output);
}
#ifndef WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
* seat capability bitmask
*
* This is a bitmask of capabilities this seat has; if a member is
* set, then it is present on the seat.
*/
enum wl_seat_capability {
/**
* the seat has pointer devices
*/
WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_POINTER = 1,
/**
* the seat has one or more keyboards
*/
WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_KEYBOARD = 2,
/**
* the seat has touch devices
*/
WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_TOUCH = 4,
};
#endif /* WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
* @struct wl_seat_interface
*/
struct wl_seat_interface {
/**
* return pointer object
*
* The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_pointer
* interface for this seat.
*
* This request only takes effect if the seat has the pointer
* capability, or has had the pointer capability in the past. It is
* a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
* never had the pointer capability.
* @param id seat pointer
*/
void (*get_pointer)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id);
/**
* return keyboard object
*
* The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_keyboard
* interface for this seat.
*
* This request only takes effect if the seat has the keyboard
* capability, or has had the keyboard capability in the past. It
* is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
* never had the keyboard capability.
* @param id seat keyboard
*/
void (*get_keyboard)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id);
/**
* return touch object
*
* The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_touch interface
* for this seat.
*
* This request only takes effect if the seat has the touch
* capability, or has had the touch capability in the past. It is a
* protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
* never had the touch capability.
* @param id seat touch interface
*/
void (*get_touch)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id);
/**
* release the seat object
*
* Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not
* going to use the seat object anymore.
* @since 5
*/
void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES 0
#define WL_SEAT_NAME 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_NAME_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
*/
#define WL_SEAT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
* Sends an capabilities event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param capabilities capabilities of the seat
*/
static inline void
wl_seat_send_capabilities(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t capabilities)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES, capabilities);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_seat
* Sends an name event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param name seat identifier
*/
static inline void
wl_seat_send_name(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *name)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SEAT_NAME, name);
}
#ifndef WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_pointer_error {
/**
* given wl_surface has another role
*/
WL_POINTER_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* physical button state
*
* Describes the physical state of a button that produced the button
* event.
*/
enum wl_pointer_button_state {
/**
* the button is not pressed
*/
WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
/**
* the button is pressed
*/
WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* axis types
*
* Describes the axis types of scroll events.
*/
enum wl_pointer_axis {
/**
* vertical axis
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_VERTICAL_SCROLL = 0,
/**
* horizontal axis
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* axis source types
*
* Describes the source types for axis events. This indicates to the
* client how an axis event was physically generated; a client may
* adjust the user interface accordingly. For example, scroll events
* from a "finger" source may be in a smooth coordinate space with
* kinetic scrolling whereas a "wheel" source may be in discrete steps
* of a number of lines.
*
* The "continuous" axis source is a device generating events in a
* continuous coordinate space, but using something other than a
* finger. One example for this source is button-based scrolling where
* the vertical motion of a device is converted to scroll events while
* a button is held down.
*
* The "wheel tilt" axis source indicates that the actual device is a
* wheel but the scroll event is not caused by a rotation but a
* (usually sideways) tilt of the wheel.
*/
enum wl_pointer_axis_source {
/**
* a physical wheel rotation
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL = 0,
/**
* finger on a touch surface
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER = 1,
/**
* continuous coordinate space
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS = 2,
/**
* a physical wheel tilt
* @since 6
*/
WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL_TILT = 3,
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL_TILT_SINCE_VERSION 6
#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* @struct wl_pointer_interface
*/
struct wl_pointer_interface {
/**
* set the pointer surface
*
* Set the pointer surface, i.e., the surface that contains the
* pointer image (cursor). This request gives the surface the role
* of a cursor. If the surface already has another role, it raises
* a protocol error.
*
* The cursor actually changes only if the pointer focus for this
* device is one of the requesting client's surfaces or the surface
* parameter is the current pointer surface. If there was a
* previous surface set with this request it is replaced. If
* surface is NULL, the pointer image is hidden.
*
* The parameters hotspot_x and hotspot_y define the position of
* the pointer surface relative to the pointer location. Its
* top-left corner is always at (x, y) - (hotspot_x, hotspot_y),
* where (x, y) are the coordinates of the pointer location, in
* surface-local coordinates.
*
* On surface.attach requests to the pointer surface, hotspot_x and
* hotspot_y are decremented by the x and y parameters passed to
* the request. Attach must be confirmed by wl_surface.commit as
* usual.
*
* The hotspot can also be updated by passing the currently set
* pointer surface to this request with new values for hotspot_x
* and hotspot_y.
*
* The current and pending input regions of the wl_surface are
* cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
* wl_surface is no longer used as the cursor. When the use as a
* cursor ends, the current and pending input regions become
* undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface pointer surface
* @param hotspot_x surface-local x coordinate
* @param hotspot_y surface-local y coordinate
*/
void (*set_cursor)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t serial,
struct wl_resource *surface,
int32_t hotspot_x,
int32_t hotspot_y);
/**
* release the pointer object
*
* Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not
* going to use the pointer object anymore.
*
* This request destroys the pointer proxy object, so clients must
* not call wl_pointer_destroy() after using this request.
* @since 3
*/
void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_POINTER_ENTER 0
#define WL_POINTER_LEAVE 1
#define WL_POINTER_MOTION 2
#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON 3
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS 4
#define WL_POINTER_FRAME 5
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE 6
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP 7
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE 8
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE_SINCE_VERSION 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
*/
#define WL_POINTER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface surface entered by the pointer
* @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
* @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface, wl_fixed_t surface_x, wl_fixed_t surface_y)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_ENTER, serial, surface, surface_x, surface_y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the leave event
* @param surface surface left by the pointer
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_LEAVE, serial, surface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an motion event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
* @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_motion(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, wl_fixed_t surface_x, wl_fixed_t surface_y)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_MOTION, time, surface_x, surface_y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an button event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the button event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param button button that produced the event
* @param state physical state of the button
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_button(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, uint32_t button, uint32_t state)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_BUTTON, serial, time, button, state);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an axis event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param axis axis type
* @param value length of vector in surface-local coordinate space
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_axis(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, uint32_t axis, wl_fixed_t value)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS, time, axis, value);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an frame event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_frame(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_FRAME);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an axis_source event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param axis_source source of the axis event
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_axis_source(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t axis_source)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE, axis_source);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an axis_stop event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param axis the axis stopped with this event
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_axis_stop(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, uint32_t axis)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP, time, axis);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
* Sends an axis_discrete event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param axis axis type
* @param discrete number of steps
*/
static inline void
wl_pointer_send_axis_discrete(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t axis, int32_t discrete)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE, axis, discrete);
}
#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* keyboard mapping format
*
* This specifies the format of the keymap provided to the
* client with the wl_keyboard.keymap event.
*/
enum wl_keyboard_keymap_format {
/**
* no keymap; client must understand how to interpret the raw keycode
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_NO_KEYMAP = 0,
/**
* libxkbcommon compatible; to determine the xkb keycode, clients must add 8 to the key event keycode
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_XKB_V1 = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* physical key state
*
* Describes the physical state of a key that produced the key event.
*/
enum wl_keyboard_key_state {
/**
* key is not pressed
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
/**
* key is pressed
*/
WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
};
#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* @struct wl_keyboard_interface
*/
struct wl_keyboard_interface {
/**
* release the keyboard object
*
*
* @since 3
*/
void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP 0
#define WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER 1
#define WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE 2
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY 3
#define WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS 4
#define WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO 5
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO_SINCE_VERSION 4
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
*/
#define WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* Sends an keymap event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param format keymap format
* @param fd keymap file descriptor
* @param size keymap size, in bytes
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_send_keymap(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t format, int32_t fd, uint32_t size)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP, format, fd, size);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the enter event
* @param surface surface gaining keyboard focus
* @param keys the currently pressed keys
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface, struct wl_array *keys)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER, serial, surface, keys);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the leave event
* @param surface surface that lost keyboard focus
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE, serial, surface);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* Sends an key event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the key event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param key key that produced the event
* @param state physical state of the key
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_send_key(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, uint32_t key, uint32_t state)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_KEY, serial, time, key, state);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* Sends an modifiers event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the modifiers event
* @param mods_depressed depressed modifiers
* @param mods_latched latched modifiers
* @param mods_locked locked modifiers
* @param group keyboard layout
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_send_modifiers(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t mods_depressed, uint32_t mods_latched, uint32_t mods_locked, uint32_t group)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS, serial, mods_depressed, mods_latched, mods_locked, group);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
* Sends an repeat_info event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param rate the rate of repeating keys in characters per second
* @param delay delay in milliseconds since key down until repeating starts
*/
static inline void
wl_keyboard_send_repeat_info(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t rate, int32_t delay)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO, rate, delay);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* @struct wl_touch_interface
*/
struct wl_touch_interface {
/**
* release the touch object
*
*
* @since 3
*/
void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_TOUCH_DOWN 0
#define WL_TOUCH_UP 1
#define WL_TOUCH_MOTION 2
#define WL_TOUCH_FRAME 3
#define WL_TOUCH_CANCEL 4
#define WL_TOUCH_SHAPE 5
#define WL_TOUCH_ORIENTATION 6
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_DOWN_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_UP_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_CANCEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_SHAPE_SINCE_VERSION 6
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_ORIENTATION_SINCE_VERSION 6
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
*/
#define WL_TOUCH_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an down event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the touch down event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param surface surface touched
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_down(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, struct wl_resource *surface, int32_t id, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_DOWN, serial, time, surface, id, x, y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an up event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param serial serial number of the touch up event
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_up(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, int32_t id)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_UP, serial, time, id);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an motion event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param x surface-local x coordinate
* @param y surface-local y coordinate
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_motion(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, int32_t id, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_MOTION, time, id, x, y);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an frame event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_frame(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_FRAME);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an cancel event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_cancel(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_CANCEL);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an shape event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param major length of the major axis in surface-local coordinates
* @param minor length of the minor axis in surface-local coordinates
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_shape(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t id, wl_fixed_t major, wl_fixed_t minor)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_SHAPE, id, major, minor);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_touch
* Sends an orientation event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param id the unique ID of this touch point
* @param orientation angle between major axis and positive surface y-axis in degrees
*/
static inline void
wl_touch_send_orientation(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t id, wl_fixed_t orientation)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_ORIENTATION, id, orientation);
}
#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
#define WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* subpixel geometry information
*
* This enumeration describes how the physical
* pixels on an output are laid out.
*/
enum wl_output_subpixel {
/**
* unknown geometry
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_UNKNOWN = 0,
/**
* no geometry
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_NONE = 1,
/**
* horizontal RGB
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_RGB = 2,
/**
* horizontal BGR
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_BGR = 3,
/**
* vertical RGB
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_RGB = 4,
/**
* vertical BGR
*/
WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_BGR = 5,
};
#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
#define WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* transform from framebuffer to output
*
* This describes the transform that a compositor will apply to a
* surface to compensate for the rotation or mirroring of an
* output device.
*
* The flipped values correspond to an initial flip around a
* vertical axis followed by rotation.
*
* The purpose is mainly to allow clients to render accordingly and
* tell the compositor, so that for fullscreen surfaces, the
* compositor will still be able to scan out directly from client
* surfaces.
*/
enum wl_output_transform {
/**
* no transform
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_NORMAL = 0,
/**
* 90 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_90 = 1,
/**
* 180 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_180 = 2,
/**
* 270 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_270 = 3,
/**
* 180 degree flip around a vertical axis
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED = 4,
/**
* flip and rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_90 = 5,
/**
* flip and rotate 180 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_180 = 6,
/**
* flip and rotate 270 degrees counter-clockwise
*/
WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_270 = 7,
};
#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM */
#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* mode information
*
* These flags describe properties of an output mode.
* They are used in the flags bitfield of the mode event.
*/
enum wl_output_mode {
/**
* indicates this is the current mode
*/
WL_OUTPUT_MODE_CURRENT = 0x1,
/**
* indicates this is the preferred mode
*/
WL_OUTPUT_MODE_PREFERRED = 0x2,
};
#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* @struct wl_output_interface
*/
struct wl_output_interface {
/**
* release the output object
*
* Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not
* going to use the output object anymore.
* @since 3
*/
void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY 0
#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE 1
#define WL_OUTPUT_DONE 2
#define WL_OUTPUT_SCALE 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
*/
#define WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* Sends an geometry event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param x x position within the global compositor space
* @param y y position within the global compositor space
* @param physical_width width in millimeters of the output
* @param physical_height height in millimeters of the output
* @param subpixel subpixel orientation of the output
* @param make textual description of the manufacturer
* @param model textual description of the model
* @param transform transform that maps framebuffer to output
*/
static inline void
wl_output_send_geometry(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t physical_width, int32_t physical_height, int32_t subpixel, const char *make, const char *model, int32_t transform)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY, x, y, physical_width, physical_height, subpixel, make, model, transform);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* Sends an mode event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param flags bitfield of mode flags
* @param width width of the mode in hardware units
* @param height height of the mode in hardware units
* @param refresh vertical refresh rate in mHz
*/
static inline void
wl_output_send_mode(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t flags, int32_t width, int32_t height, int32_t refresh)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_MODE, flags, width, height, refresh);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* Sends an done event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
wl_output_send_done(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_DONE);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_output
* Sends an scale event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
* @param factor scaling factor of output
*/
static inline void
wl_output_send_scale(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t factor)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_SCALE, factor);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
* @struct wl_region_interface
*/
struct wl_region_interface {
/**
* destroy region
*
* Destroy the region. This will invalidate the object ID.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* add rectangle to region
*
* Add the specified rectangle to the region.
* @param x region-local x coordinate
* @param y region-local y coordinate
* @param width rectangle width
* @param height rectangle height
*/
void (*add)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
int32_t width,
int32_t height);
/**
* subtract rectangle from region
*
* Subtract the specified rectangle from the region.
* @param x region-local x coordinate
* @param y region-local y coordinate
* @param width rectangle width
* @param height rectangle height
*/
void (*subtract)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t x,
int32_t y,
int32_t width,
int32_t height);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*/
#define WL_REGION_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*/
#define WL_REGION_ADD_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_region
*/
#define WL_REGION_SUBTRACT_SINCE_VERSION 1
#ifndef WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_subcompositor_error {
/**
* the to-be sub-surface is invalid
*/
WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
* @struct wl_subcompositor_interface
*/
struct wl_subcompositor_interface {
/**
* unbind from the subcompositor interface
*
* Informs the server that the client will not be using this
* protocol object anymore. This does not affect any other objects,
* wl_subsurface objects included.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* give a surface the role sub-surface
*
* Create a sub-surface interface for the given surface, and
* associate it with the given parent surface. This turns a plain
* wl_surface into a sub-surface.
*
* The to-be sub-surface must not already have another role, and it
* must not have an existing wl_subsurface object. Otherwise a
* protocol error is raised.
* @param id the new sub-surface object ID
* @param surface the surface to be turned into a sub-surface
* @param parent the parent surface
*/
void (*get_subsurface)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t id,
struct wl_resource *surface,
struct wl_resource *parent);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
*/
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
*/
#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
#ifndef WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
enum wl_subsurface_error {
/**
* wl_surface is not a sibling or the parent
*/
WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
};
#endif /* WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
* @struct wl_subsurface_interface
*/
struct wl_subsurface_interface {
/**
* remove sub-surface interface
*
* The sub-surface interface is removed from the wl_surface
* object that was turned into a sub-surface with a
* wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface request. The wl_surface's
* association to the parent is deleted, and the wl_surface loses
* its role as a sub-surface. The wl_surface is unmapped.
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* reposition the sub-surface
*
* This schedules a sub-surface position change. The sub-surface
* will be moved so that its origin (top left corner pixel) will be
* at the location x, y of the parent surface coordinate system.
* The coordinates are not restricted to the parent surface area.
* Negative values are allowed.
*
* The scheduled coordinates will take effect whenever the state of
* the parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on
* whether the parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
*
* If more than one set_position request is invoked by the client
* before the commit of the parent surface, the position of a new
* request always replaces the scheduled position from any previous
* request.
*
* The initial position is 0, 0.
* @param x x coordinate in the parent surface
* @param y y coordinate in the parent surface
*/
void (*set_position)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
int32_t x,
int32_t y);
/**
* restack the sub-surface
*
* This sub-surface is taken from the stack, and put back just
* above the reference surface, changing the z-order of the
* sub-surfaces. The reference surface must be one of the sibling
* surfaces, or the parent surface. Using any other surface,
* including this sub-surface, will cause a protocol error.
*
* The z-order is double-buffered. Requests are handled in order
* and applied immediately to a pending state. The final pending
* state is copied to the active state the next time the state of
* the parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on
* whether the parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
* wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
*
* A new sub-surface is initially added as the top-most in the
* stack of its siblings and parent.
* @param sibling the reference surface
*/
void (*place_above)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *sibling);
/**
* restack the sub-surface
*
* The sub-surface is placed just below the reference surface.
* See wl_subsurface.place_above.
* @param sibling the reference surface
*/
void (*place_below)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
struct wl_resource *sibling);
/**
* set sub-surface to synchronized mode
*
* Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to synchronized
* mode, also described as the parent dependent mode.
*
* In synchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
* accumulate the committed state in a cache, but the state will
* not be applied and hence will not change the compositor output.
* The cached state is applied to the sub-surface immediately after
* the parent surface's state is applied. This ensures atomic
* updates of the parent and all its synchronized sub-surfaces.
* Applying the cached state will invalidate the cache, so further
* parent surface commits do not (re-)apply old state.
*
* See wl_subsurface for the recursive effect of this mode.
*/
void (*set_sync)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
/**
* set sub-surface to desynchronized mode
*
* Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to
* desynchronized mode, also described as independent or freely
* running mode.
*
* In desynchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
* apply the pending state directly, without caching, as happens
* normally with a wl_surface. Calling wl_surface.commit on the
* parent surface has no effect on the sub-surface's wl_surface
* state. This mode allows a sub-surface to be updated on its own.
*
* If cached state exists when wl_surface.commit is called in
* desynchronized mode, the pending state is added to the cached
* state, and applied as a whole. This invalidates the cache.
*
* Note: even if a sub-surface is set to desynchronized, a parent
* sub-surface may override it to behave as synchronized. For
* details, see wl_subsurface.
*
* If a surface's parent surface behaves as desynchronized, then
* the cached state is applied on set_desync.
*/
void (*set_desync)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
*/
#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/small-code-core.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000003502 13142400404 015334 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
/*
* Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include "wayland-util.h"
extern const struct wl_interface another_intf_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface intf_not_here_interface;
static const struct wl_interface *types[] = {
NULL,
&intf_not_here_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&another_intf_interface,
};
static const struct wl_message intf_A_requests[] = {
{ "rq1", "sun", types + 0 },
{ "rq2", "nsiufho", types + 1 },
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message intf_A_events[] = {
{ "hey", "", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface = {
"intf_A", 3,
3, intf_A_requests,
1, intf_A_events,
};
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/small-server-core.h 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000007120 13142400404 015735 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
#ifndef SMALL_TEST_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
#define SMALL_TEST_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
#include
#include
#include "wayland-server-core.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
struct wl_client;
struct wl_resource;
/**
* @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
* @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
* @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
*
*
* Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
struct another_intf;
struct intf_A;
struct intf_not_here;
/**
* @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
* @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
* @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
* See @ref iface_intf_A.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
#ifndef INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
#define INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
enum intf_A_foo {
/**
* this is the first
*/
INTF_A_FOO_FIRST = 0,
/**
* this is the second
*/
INTF_A_FOO_SECOND = 1,
/**
* this is the third
* @since 2
*/
INTF_A_FOO_THIRD = 2,
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_FOO_THIRD_SINCE_VERSION 2
#endif /* INTF_A_FOO_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
* @struct intf_A_interface
*/
struct intf_A_interface {
/**
* @param interface name of the objects interface
* @param version version of the objects interface
*/
void (*rq1)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
const char *interface, uint32_t version, uint32_t untyped_new);
/**
*/
void (*rq2)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource,
uint32_t typed_new,
const char *str,
int32_t i,
uint32_t u,
wl_fixed_t f,
int32_t fd,
struct wl_resource *obj);
/**
*/
void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
struct wl_resource *resource);
};
#define INTF_A_HEY 0
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
* Sends an hey event to the client owning the resource.
* @param resource_ The client's resource
*/
static inline void
intf_A_send_hey(struct wl_resource *resource_)
{
wl_resource_post_event(resource_, INTF_A_HEY);
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/small-client-core.h 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000011006 13142400404 015703 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
#ifndef SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
#define SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
#include
#include
#include "wayland-client-core.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
* @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
* - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
* @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
*
*
* Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
struct another_intf;
struct intf_A;
struct intf_not_here;
/**
* @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
* @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
* @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
* See @ref iface_intf_A.
*/
/**
* @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
*
* A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
*/
extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
#ifndef INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
#define INTF_A_FOO_ENUM
enum intf_A_foo {
/**
* this is the first
*/
INTF_A_FOO_FIRST = 0,
/**
* this is the second
*/
INTF_A_FOO_SECOND = 1,
/**
* this is the third
* @since 2
*/
INTF_A_FOO_THIRD = 2,
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_FOO_THIRD_SINCE_VERSION 2
#endif /* INTF_A_FOO_ENUM */
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
* @struct intf_A_listener
*/
struct intf_A_listener {
/**
*/
void (*hey)(void *data,
struct intf_A *intf_A);
};
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline int
intf_A_add_listener(struct intf_A *intf_A,
const struct intf_A_listener *listener, void *data)
{
return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
(void (**)(void)) listener, data);
}
#define INTF_A_RQ1 0
#define INTF_A_RQ2 1
#define INTF_A_DESTROY 2
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
static inline void
intf_A_set_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A, void *user_data)
{
wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A, user_data);
}
/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
static inline void *
intf_A_get_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A)
{
return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
}
static inline uint32_t
intf_A_get_version(struct intf_A *intf_A)
{
return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline void *
intf_A_rq1(struct intf_A *intf_A, const struct wl_interface *interface, uint32_t version)
{
struct wl_proxy *untyped_new;
untyped_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor_versioned((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
INTF_A_RQ1, interface, version, interface->name, version, NULL);
return (void *) untyped_new;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline struct intf_not_here *
intf_A_rq2(struct intf_A *intf_A, const char *str, int32_t i, uint32_t u, wl_fixed_t f, int32_t fd, struct another_intf *obj)
{
struct wl_proxy *typed_new;
typed_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
INTF_A_RQ2, &intf_not_here_interface, NULL, str, i, u, f, fd, obj);
return (struct intf_not_here *) typed_new;
}
/**
* @ingroup iface_intf_A
*/
static inline void
intf_A_destroy(struct intf_A *intf_A)
{
wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
INTF_A_DESTROY);
wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/data/example-code.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000031243 13142400404 014734 0000000 0000000 /* SCANNER TEST */
/*
* Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
* Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
* Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
* (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
* including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
* publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
* and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include "wayland-util.h"
extern const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface;
extern const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface;
static const struct wl_interface *types[] = {
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_callback_interface,
&wl_registry_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
&wl_region_interface,
&wl_buffer_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_shm_pool_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_data_source_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
&wl_data_source_interface,
NULL,
&wl_data_offer_interface,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_data_offer_interface,
&wl_data_offer_interface,
&wl_data_source_interface,
&wl_data_device_interface,
&wl_seat_interface,
&wl_shell_surface_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
&wl_seat_interface,
NULL,
&wl_seat_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_output_interface,
&wl_seat_interface,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_output_interface,
&wl_buffer_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_callback_interface,
&wl_region_interface,
&wl_region_interface,
&wl_output_interface,
&wl_output_interface,
&wl_pointer_interface,
&wl_keyboard_interface,
&wl_touch_interface,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_surface_interface,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
&wl_subsurface_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
&wl_surface_interface,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_display_requests[] = {
{ "sync", "n", types + 8 },
{ "get_registry", "n", types + 9 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_display_events[] = {
{ "error", "ous", types + 0 },
{ "delete_id", "u", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_display_interface = {
"wl_display", 1,
2, wl_display_requests,
2, wl_display_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_registry_requests[] = {
{ "bind", "usun", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_registry_events[] = {
{ "global", "usu", types + 0 },
{ "global_remove", "u", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface = {
"wl_registry", 1,
1, wl_registry_requests,
2, wl_registry_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_callback_events[] = {
{ "done", "u", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface = {
"wl_callback", 1,
0, NULL,
1, wl_callback_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_compositor_requests[] = {
{ "create_surface", "n", types + 10 },
{ "create_region", "n", types + 11 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_compositor_interface = {
"wl_compositor", 4,
2, wl_compositor_requests,
0, NULL,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_shm_pool_requests[] = {
{ "create_buffer", "niiiiu", types + 12 },
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "resize", "i", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface = {
"wl_shm_pool", 1,
3, wl_shm_pool_requests,
0, NULL,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_shm_requests[] = {
{ "create_pool", "nhi", types + 18 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_shm_events[] = {
{ "format", "u", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shm_interface = {
"wl_shm", 1,
1, wl_shm_requests,
1, wl_shm_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_buffer_requests[] = {
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_buffer_events[] = {
{ "release", "", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface = {
"wl_buffer", 1,
1, wl_buffer_requests,
1, wl_buffer_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_offer_requests[] = {
{ "accept", "u?s", types + 0 },
{ "receive", "sh", types + 0 },
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "finish", "3", types + 0 },
{ "set_actions", "3uu", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_offer_events[] = {
{ "offer", "s", types + 0 },
{ "source_actions", "3u", types + 0 },
{ "action", "3u", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface = {
"wl_data_offer", 3,
5, wl_data_offer_requests,
3, wl_data_offer_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_source_requests[] = {
{ "offer", "s", types + 0 },
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "set_actions", "3u", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_source_events[] = {
{ "target", "?s", types + 0 },
{ "send", "sh", types + 0 },
{ "cancelled", "", types + 0 },
{ "dnd_drop_performed", "3", types + 0 },
{ "dnd_finished", "3", types + 0 },
{ "action", "3u", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface = {
"wl_data_source", 3,
3, wl_data_source_requests,
6, wl_data_source_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_device_requests[] = {
{ "start_drag", "?oo?ou", types + 21 },
{ "set_selection", "?ou", types + 25 },
{ "release", "2", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_device_events[] = {
{ "data_offer", "n", types + 27 },
{ "enter", "uoff?o", types + 28 },
{ "leave", "", types + 0 },
{ "motion", "uff", types + 0 },
{ "drop", "", types + 0 },
{ "selection", "?o", types + 33 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface = {
"wl_data_device", 3,
3, wl_data_device_requests,
6, wl_data_device_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_data_device_manager_requests[] = {
{ "create_data_source", "n", types + 34 },
{ "get_data_device", "no", types + 35 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_manager_interface = {
"wl_data_device_manager", 3,
2, wl_data_device_manager_requests,
0, NULL,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_shell_requests[] = {
{ "get_shell_surface", "no", types + 37 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shell_interface = {
"wl_shell", 1,
1, wl_shell_requests,
0, NULL,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_shell_surface_requests[] = {
{ "pong", "u", types + 0 },
{ "move", "ou", types + 39 },
{ "resize", "ouu", types + 41 },
{ "set_toplevel", "", types + 0 },
{ "set_transient", "oiiu", types + 44 },
{ "set_fullscreen", "uu?o", types + 48 },
{ "set_popup", "ouoiiu", types + 51 },
{ "set_maximized", "?o", types + 57 },
{ "set_title", "s", types + 0 },
{ "set_class", "s", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_shell_surface_events[] = {
{ "ping", "u", types + 0 },
{ "configure", "uii", types + 0 },
{ "popup_done", "", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface = {
"wl_shell_surface", 1,
10, wl_shell_surface_requests,
3, wl_shell_surface_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_surface_requests[] = {
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "attach", "?oii", types + 58 },
{ "damage", "iiii", types + 0 },
{ "frame", "n", types + 61 },
{ "set_opaque_region", "?o", types + 62 },
{ "set_input_region", "?o", types + 63 },
{ "commit", "", types + 0 },
{ "set_buffer_transform", "2i", types + 0 },
{ "set_buffer_scale", "3i", types + 0 },
{ "damage_buffer", "4iiii", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_surface_events[] = {
{ "enter", "o", types + 64 },
{ "leave", "o", types + 65 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface = {
"wl_surface", 4,
10, wl_surface_requests,
2, wl_surface_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_seat_requests[] = {
{ "get_pointer", "n", types + 66 },
{ "get_keyboard", "n", types + 67 },
{ "get_touch", "n", types + 68 },
{ "release", "5", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_seat_events[] = {
{ "capabilities", "u", types + 0 },
{ "name", "2s", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface = {
"wl_seat", 6,
4, wl_seat_requests,
2, wl_seat_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_pointer_requests[] = {
{ "set_cursor", "u?oii", types + 69 },
{ "release", "3", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_pointer_events[] = {
{ "enter", "uoff", types + 73 },
{ "leave", "uo", types + 77 },
{ "motion", "uff", types + 0 },
{ "button", "uuuu", types + 0 },
{ "axis", "uuf", types + 0 },
{ "frame", "5", types + 0 },
{ "axis_source", "5u", types + 0 },
{ "axis_stop", "5uu", types + 0 },
{ "axis_discrete", "5ui", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface = {
"wl_pointer", 6,
2, wl_pointer_requests,
9, wl_pointer_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_keyboard_requests[] = {
{ "release", "3", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_keyboard_events[] = {
{ "keymap", "uhu", types + 0 },
{ "enter", "uoa", types + 79 },
{ "leave", "uo", types + 82 },
{ "key", "uuuu", types + 0 },
{ "modifiers", "uuuuu", types + 0 },
{ "repeat_info", "4ii", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface = {
"wl_keyboard", 6,
1, wl_keyboard_requests,
6, wl_keyboard_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_touch_requests[] = {
{ "release", "3", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_touch_events[] = {
{ "down", "uuoiff", types + 84 },
{ "up", "uui", types + 0 },
{ "motion", "uiff", types + 0 },
{ "frame", "", types + 0 },
{ "cancel", "", types + 0 },
{ "shape", "6iff", types + 0 },
{ "orientation", "6if", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface = {
"wl_touch", 6,
1, wl_touch_requests,
7, wl_touch_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_output_requests[] = {
{ "release", "3", types + 0 },
};
static const struct wl_message wl_output_events[] = {
{ "geometry", "iiiiissi", types + 0 },
{ "mode", "uiii", types + 0 },
{ "done", "2", types + 0 },
{ "scale", "2i", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface = {
"wl_output", 3,
1, wl_output_requests,
4, wl_output_events,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_region_requests[] = {
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "add", "iiii", types + 0 },
{ "subtract", "iiii", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface = {
"wl_region", 1,
3, wl_region_requests,
0, NULL,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_subcompositor_requests[] = {
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "get_subsurface", "noo", types + 90 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_subcompositor_interface = {
"wl_subcompositor", 1,
2, wl_subcompositor_requests,
0, NULL,
};
static const struct wl_message wl_subsurface_requests[] = {
{ "destroy", "", types + 0 },
{ "set_position", "ii", types + 0 },
{ "place_above", "o", types + 93 },
{ "place_below", "o", types + 94 },
{ "set_sync", "", types + 0 },
{ "set_desync", "", types + 0 },
};
WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface = {
"wl_subsurface", 1,
6, wl_subsurface_requests,
0, NULL,
};
wayland-1.14.0/tests/fixed-benchmark.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000004754 13142400404 014516 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2012 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "wayland-private.h"
volatile double global_d;
static void
noop_conversion(void)
{
wl_fixed_t f;
union {
int64_t i;
double d;
} u;
for (f = 0; f < INT32_MAX; f++) {
u.i = f;
global_d = u.d;
}
}
static void
magic_conversion(void)
{
wl_fixed_t f;
for (f = 0; f < INT32_MAX; f++)
global_d = wl_fixed_to_double(f);
}
static void
mul_conversion(void)
{
wl_fixed_t f;
/* This will get optimized into multiplication by 1/256 */
for (f = 0; f < INT32_MAX; f++)
global_d = f / 256.0;
}
double factor = 256.0;
static void
div_conversion(void)
{
wl_fixed_t f;
for (f = 0; f < INT32_MAX; f++)
global_d = f / factor;
}
static void
benchmark(const char *s, void (*f)(void))
{
struct timespec start, stop, elapsed;
clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &start);
f();
clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &stop);
elapsed.tv_sec = stop.tv_sec - start.tv_sec;
elapsed.tv_nsec = stop.tv_nsec - start.tv_nsec;
if (elapsed.tv_nsec < 0) {
elapsed.tv_nsec += 1000000000;
elapsed.tv_sec--;
}
printf("benchmarked %s:\t%ld.%09lds\n",
s, elapsed.tv_sec, elapsed.tv_nsec);
}
int main(void)
{
benchmark("noop", noop_conversion);
benchmark("magic", magic_conversion);
benchmark("div", div_conversion);
benchmark("mul", mul_conversion);
return 0;
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/interface-test.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000003436 13142400404 014400 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2016 Yong Bakos
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include "wayland-client.h"
#include "wayland-private.h"
#include "test-runner.h"
TEST(interface_equal)
{
const struct wl_interface fake = {
"fake", 1, 0, NULL, 0, NULL
};
const struct wl_interface fake_registry = {
"wl_registry", 1, 0, NULL, 0, NULL
};
const struct wl_interface copy = wl_registry_interface;
assert(&wl_registry_interface != ©);
assert(wl_interface_equal(&wl_registry_interface,
&wl_registry_interface));
assert(wl_interface_equal(&wl_registry_interface, ©));
assert(wl_interface_equal(&wl_registry_interface,
&fake_registry));
assert(!wl_interface_equal(&wl_registry_interface, &fake));
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/client-test.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000004746 13142400404 013723 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2012 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "wayland-private.h"
#include "wayland-server.h"
#include "test-runner.h"
struct client_destroy_listener {
struct wl_listener listener;
int done;
};
static void
client_destroy_notify(struct wl_listener *l, void *data)
{
struct client_destroy_listener *listener =
container_of(l, struct client_destroy_listener, listener);
listener->done = 1;
}
TEST(client_destroy_listener)
{
struct wl_display *display;
struct wl_client *client;
struct client_destroy_listener a, b;
int s[2];
assert(socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM | SOCK_CLOEXEC, 0, s) == 0);
display = wl_display_create();
assert(display);
client = wl_client_create(display, s[0]);
assert(client);
a.listener.notify = client_destroy_notify;
a.done = 0;
wl_client_add_destroy_listener(client, &a.listener);
assert(wl_client_get_destroy_listener(client, client_destroy_notify) ==
&a.listener);
b.listener.notify = client_destroy_notify;
b.done = 0;
wl_client_add_destroy_listener(client, &b.listener);
wl_list_remove(&a.listener.link);
wl_client_destroy(client);
assert(!a.done);
assert(b.done);
close(s[0]);
close(s[1]);
wl_display_destroy(display);
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/map-test.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000006744 13142400404 013222 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2012 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "wayland-private.h"
#include "test-runner.h"
TEST(map_insert_new)
{
struct wl_map map;
uint32_t i, j, k, a, b, c;
wl_map_init(&map, WL_MAP_SERVER_SIDE);
i = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &a);
j = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &b);
k = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &c);
assert(i == WL_SERVER_ID_START);
assert(j == WL_SERVER_ID_START + 1);
assert(k == WL_SERVER_ID_START + 2);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, i) == &a);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, j) == &b);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, k) == &c);
wl_map_release(&map);
wl_map_init(&map, WL_MAP_CLIENT_SIDE);
i = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &a);
assert(i == 0);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, i) == &a);
wl_map_release(&map);
}
TEST(map_insert_at)
{
struct wl_map map;
uint32_t a, b, c;
wl_map_init(&map, WL_MAP_CLIENT_SIDE);
assert(wl_map_insert_at(&map, 0, WL_SERVER_ID_START, &a) == 0);
assert(wl_map_insert_at(&map, 0, WL_SERVER_ID_START + 3, &b) == -1);
assert(wl_map_insert_at(&map, 0, WL_SERVER_ID_START + 1, &c) == 0);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, WL_SERVER_ID_START) == &a);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, WL_SERVER_ID_START + 1) == &c);
wl_map_release(&map);
}
TEST(map_remove)
{
struct wl_map map;
uint32_t i, j, k, l, a, b, c, d;
wl_map_init(&map, WL_MAP_SERVER_SIDE);
i = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &a);
j = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &b);
k = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &c);
assert(i == WL_SERVER_ID_START);
assert(j == WL_SERVER_ID_START + 1);
assert(k == WL_SERVER_ID_START + 2);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, i) == &a);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, j) == &b);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, k) == &c);
wl_map_remove(&map, j);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, j) == NULL);
/* Verify that we insert d at the hole left by removing b */
l = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &d);
assert(l == WL_SERVER_ID_START + 1);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, l) == &d);
wl_map_release(&map);
}
TEST(map_flags)
{
struct wl_map map;
uint32_t i, j, a, b;
wl_map_init(&map, WL_MAP_SERVER_SIDE);
i = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 0, &a);
j = wl_map_insert_new(&map, 1, &b);
assert(i == WL_SERVER_ID_START);
assert(j == WL_SERVER_ID_START + 1);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, i) == &a);
assert(wl_map_lookup(&map, j) == &b);
assert(wl_map_lookup_flags(&map, i) == 0);
assert(wl_map_lookup_flags(&map, j) == 1);
wl_map_release(&map);
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/socket-test.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000010775 13142400404 013734 0000000 0000000 /*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "wayland-client.h"
#include "wayland-server.h"
#include "test-runner.h"
/* Paths longer than what the .sun_path array can contain must be rejected.
* This is a hard limitation of assigning a name to AF_UNIX/AF_LOCAL sockets.
* See `man 7 unix`.
*/
static const struct sockaddr_un example_sockaddr_un;
#define TOO_LONG (1 + sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path)
/* Ensure the connection doesn't fail due to lack of XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. */
static const char *
require_xdg_runtime_dir(void)
{
char *val = getenv("XDG_RUNTIME_DIR");
assert(val && "set $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR to run this test");
return val;
}
TEST(socket_path_overflow_client_connect)
{
char path[TOO_LONG];
struct wl_display *d;
require_xdg_runtime_dir();
memset(path, 'a', sizeof path);
path[sizeof path - 1] = '\0';
d = wl_display_connect(path);
assert(d == NULL);
assert(errno == ENAMETOOLONG);
}
TEST(socket_path_overflow_server_create)
{
char path[TOO_LONG];
struct wl_display *d;
int ret;
require_xdg_runtime_dir();
memset(path, 'a', sizeof path);
path[sizeof path - 1] = '\0';
d = wl_display_create();
assert(d != NULL);
ret = wl_display_add_socket(d, path);
assert(ret < 0);
assert(errno == ENAMETOOLONG);
wl_display_destroy(d);
}
TEST(add_existing_socket)
{
char path[sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path];
const char *name = "wayland-test-0";
const char *xdg_runtime_dir;
struct wl_display *d;
int ret;
size_t len;
xdg_runtime_dir = require_xdg_runtime_dir();
d = wl_display_create();
assert(d != NULL);
/* this one should be OK */
ret = wl_display_add_socket(d, name);
assert(ret == 0);
/* this one should fail */
ret = wl_display_add_socket(d, name);
assert(ret < 0);
/* the original socket should still exist.
* this was a bug introduced in e2c0d47b0c77f18cd90e9c6eabb358c4d89681c8 */
len = snprintf(path, sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path, "%s/%s",
xdg_runtime_dir, name);
assert(len < sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path
&& "Bug in test. Path too long");
assert(access(path, F_OK) != -1);
/* the original socket should still exist */
ret = wl_display_add_socket(d, name);
assert(ret < 0);
wl_display_destroy(d);
}
TEST(add_socket_auto)
{
/* the number of auto sockets is currently 32,
* set in wayland-server.c.
*/
const int MAX_SOCKETS = 32;
char path[sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path];
const char *name;
const char *xdg_runtime_dir;
struct wl_display *d;
int i;
size_t len;
xdg_runtime_dir = require_xdg_runtime_dir();
d = wl_display_create();
assert(d != NULL);
for (i = 0; i <= MAX_SOCKETS; ++i) {
name = wl_display_add_socket_auto(d);
assert(name != NULL);
len = snprintf(path, sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path,
"%s/%s", xdg_runtime_dir, name);
assert(len < sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path
&& "Bug in test. Path too long");
/* was the socket created correctly? */
assert(access(path, F_OK) != -1);
/* is the name sequential? */
len = snprintf(path, sizeof example_sockaddr_un.sun_path,
"wayland-%d", i);
assert(strcmp(name, path) == 0);
}
/* next addition should return NULL */
name = wl_display_add_socket_auto(d);
assert(name == NULL);
/* check if the socket was not deleted the last time */
name = wl_display_add_socket_auto(d);
assert(name == NULL);
wl_display_destroy(d);
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/test-runner.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000023574 13142400404 013756 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2012 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#ifndef PR_SET_PTRACER
# define PR_SET_PTRACER 0x59616d61
#endif
#include "test-runner.h"
static int num_alloc;
static void* (*sys_malloc)(size_t);
static void (*sys_free)(void*);
static void* (*sys_realloc)(void*, size_t);
static void* (*sys_calloc)(size_t, size_t);
/* when set to 1, check if tests are not leaking memory and opened files.
* It is turned on by default. It can be turned off by
* WAYLAND_TEST_NO_LEAK_CHECK environment variable. */
int leak_check_enabled;
/* when this var is set to 0, every call to test_set_timeout() is
* suppressed - handy when debugging the test. Can be set by
* WAYLAND_TEST_NO_TIMEOUTS environment variable. */
static int timeouts_enabled = 1;
/* set to one if the output goes to the terminal */
static int is_atty = 0;
extern const struct test __start_test_section, __stop_test_section;
__attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) void *
malloc(size_t size)
{
num_alloc++;
return sys_malloc(size);
}
__attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) void
free(void* mem)
{
if (mem != NULL)
num_alloc--;
sys_free(mem);
}
__attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) void *
realloc(void* mem, size_t size)
{
if (mem == NULL)
num_alloc++;
return sys_realloc(mem, size);
}
__attribute__ ((visibility("default"))) void *
calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
{
if (sys_calloc == NULL)
return NULL;
num_alloc++;
return sys_calloc(nmemb, size);
}
static const struct test *
find_test(const char *name)
{
const struct test *t;
for (t = &__start_test_section; t < &__stop_test_section; t++)
if (strcmp(t->name, name) == 0)
return t;
return NULL;
}
static void
usage(const char *name, int status)
{
const struct test *t;
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [TEST]\n\n"
"With no arguments, run all test. Specify test case to run\n"
"only that test without forking. Available tests:\n\n",
name);
for (t = &__start_test_section; t < &__stop_test_section; t++)
fprintf(stderr, " %s\n", t->name);
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
exit(status);
}
void
test_set_timeout(unsigned int to)
{
int re;
if (!timeouts_enabled) {
fprintf(stderr, "Timeouts suppressed.\n");
return;
}
re = alarm(to);
fprintf(stderr, "Timeout was %sset", re ? "re-" : "");
if (to != 0)
fprintf(stderr, " to %d second%s from now.\n",
to, to > 1 ? "s" : "");
else
fprintf(stderr, " off.\n");
}
static void
sigalrm_handler(int signum)
{
fprintf(stderr, "Test timed out.\n");
abort();
}
int
get_current_alloc_num(void)
{
return num_alloc;
}
void
check_leaks(int supposed_alloc, int supposed_fds)
{
int num_fds;
if (leak_check_enabled) {
if (supposed_alloc != num_alloc) {
fprintf(stderr, "Memory leak detected in test. "
"Allocated %d blocks, unfreed %d\n", num_alloc,
num_alloc - supposed_alloc);
abort();
}
num_fds = count_open_fds();
if (supposed_fds != num_fds) {
fprintf(stderr, "fd leak detected in test. "
"Opened %d files, unclosed %d\n", num_fds,
num_fds - supposed_fds);
abort();
}
} else {
fprintf(stderr, "Leak checks disabled\n");
}
}
static void
run_test(const struct test *t)
{
int cur_alloc, cur_fds;
struct sigaction sa;
if (timeouts_enabled) {
sa.sa_handler = sigalrm_handler;
sa.sa_flags = 0;
sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
assert(sigaction(SIGALRM, &sa, NULL) == 0);
}
cur_alloc = get_current_alloc_num();
cur_fds = count_open_fds();
t->run();
/* turn off timeout (if any) after test completion */
if (timeouts_enabled)
alarm(0);
check_leaks(cur_alloc, cur_fds);
exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
}
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#define PATH_MAX 256
#endif
static void
set_xdg_runtime_dir(void)
{
char xdg_runtime_dir[PATH_MAX];
const char *xrd_env;
xrd_env = getenv("XDG_RUNTIME_DIR");
/* if XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is not set in environ, fallback to /tmp */
assert((snprintf(xdg_runtime_dir, PATH_MAX, "%s/wayland-tests-XXXXXX",
xrd_env ? xrd_env : "/tmp") < PATH_MAX)
&& "test error: XDG_RUNTIME_DIR too long");
assert(mkdtemp(xdg_runtime_dir) && "test error: mkdtemp failed");
if (mkdir(xdg_runtime_dir, 0700) == -1)
if (errno != EEXIST) {
perror("Creating XDG_RUNTIME_DIR");
abort();
}
if (setenv("XDG_RUNTIME_DIR", xdg_runtime_dir, 1) == -1) {
perror("Setting XDG_RUNTIME_DIR");
abort();
}
}
static void
rmdir_xdg_runtime_dir(void)
{
const char *xrd_env = getenv("XDG_RUNTIME_DIR");
assert(xrd_env && "No XDG_RUNTIME_DIR set");
/* rmdir may fail if some test didn't do clean up */
if (rmdir(xrd_env) == -1)
perror("Cleaning XDG_RUNTIME_DIR");
}
#define RED "\033[31m"
#define GREEN "\033[32m"
static void
stderr_set_color(const char *color)
{
/* use colors only when the output is connected to
* the terminal */
if (is_atty)
fprintf(stderr, "%s", color);
}
static void
stderr_reset_color(void)
{
if (is_atty)
fprintf(stderr, "\033[0m");
}
/* this function is taken from libinput/test/litest.c
* (rev 028513a0a723e97941c39)
*
* Returns: 1 if a debugger is confirmed present; 0 if no debugger is
* present or if it can't be determined.
*/
static int
is_debugger_attached(void)
{
int status;
int rc;
pid_t pid;
int pipefd[2];
if (pipe(pipefd) == -1) {
perror("pipe");
return 0;
}
pid = fork();
if (pid == -1) {
perror("fork");
close(pipefd[0]);
close(pipefd[1]);
return 0;
} else if (pid == 0) {
char buf;
pid_t ppid = getppid();
/* Wait until parent is ready */
close(pipefd[1]); /* Close unused write end */
read(pipefd[0], &buf, 1);
close(pipefd[0]);
if (buf == '-')
_exit(1);
if (ptrace(PTRACE_ATTACH, ppid, NULL, NULL) != 0)
_exit(1);
if (!waitpid(-1, NULL, 0))
_exit(1);
ptrace(PTRACE_CONT, NULL, NULL);
ptrace(PTRACE_DETACH, ppid, NULL, NULL);
_exit(0);
} else {
close(pipefd[0]);
/* Enable child to ptrace the parent process */
rc = prctl(PR_SET_PTRACER, pid);
if (rc != 0 && errno != EINVAL) {
/* An error prevents us from telling if a debugger is attached.
* Instead of propagating the error, assume no debugger present.
* But note the error to the log as a clue for troubleshooting.
* Then flag the error state to the client by sending '-'.
*/
perror("prctl");
write(pipefd[1], "-", 1);
} else {
/* Signal to client that parent is ready by passing '+' */
write(pipefd[1], "+", 1);
}
close(pipefd[1]);
waitpid(pid, &status, 0);
rc = WEXITSTATUS(status);
}
return rc;
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
const struct test *t;
pid_t pid;
int total, pass;
siginfo_t info;
/* Load system malloc, free, and realloc */
sys_calloc = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "calloc");
sys_realloc = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "realloc");
sys_malloc = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "malloc");
sys_free = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "free");
if (isatty(fileno(stderr)))
is_atty = 1;
if (is_debugger_attached()) {
leak_check_enabled = 0;
timeouts_enabled = 0;
} else {
leak_check_enabled = !getenv("WAYLAND_TEST_NO_LEAK_CHECK");
timeouts_enabled = !getenv("WAYLAND_TEST_NO_TIMEOUTS");
}
if (argc == 2 && strcmp(argv[1], "--help") == 0)
usage(argv[0], EXIT_SUCCESS);
if (argc == 2) {
t = find_test(argv[1]);
if (t == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "unknown test: \"%s\"\n", argv[1]);
usage(argv[0], EXIT_FAILURE);
}
set_xdg_runtime_dir();
/* run_test calls exit() */
assert(atexit(rmdir_xdg_runtime_dir) == 0);
run_test(t);
}
/* set our own XDG_RUNTIME_DIR */
set_xdg_runtime_dir();
pass = 0;
for (t = &__start_test_section; t < &__stop_test_section; t++) {
int success = 0;
pid = fork();
assert(pid >= 0);
if (pid == 0)
run_test(t); /* never returns */
if (waitid(P_PID, pid, &info, WEXITED)) {
stderr_set_color(RED);
fprintf(stderr, "waitid failed: %m\n");
stderr_reset_color();
abort();
}
switch (info.si_code) {
case CLD_EXITED:
if (info.si_status == EXIT_SUCCESS)
success = !t->must_fail;
else
success = t->must_fail;
stderr_set_color(success ? GREEN : RED);
fprintf(stderr, "test \"%s\":\texit status %d",
t->name, info.si_status);
break;
case CLD_KILLED:
case CLD_DUMPED:
if (t->must_fail)
success = 1;
stderr_set_color(success ? GREEN : RED);
fprintf(stderr, "test \"%s\":\tsignal %d",
t->name, info.si_status);
break;
}
if (success) {
pass++;
fprintf(stderr, ", pass.\n");
} else
fprintf(stderr, ", fail.\n");
stderr_reset_color();
/* print separator line */
fprintf(stderr, "----------------------------------------\n");
}
total = &__stop_test_section - &__start_test_section;
fprintf(stderr, "%d tests, %d pass, %d fail\n",
total, pass, total - pass);
/* cleaning */
rmdir_xdg_runtime_dir();
return pass == total ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE;
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/headers-protocol-test.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000002655 13142400404 015714 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2015 Giulio Camuffo
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include "wayland-client-protocol.h"
#include "wayland-server-protocol.h"
#ifndef WAYLAND_CLIENT_H
#error including wayland-client-protocol.h did not include wayland-client.h!
#endif
#ifndef WAYLAND_SERVER_H
#error including wayland-server-protocol.h did not include wayland-server.h!
#endif
wayland-1.14.0/tests/cpp-compile-test.cpp 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000000170 13142400404 015200 0000000 0000000 /* This source should compile fine with C++ compiler */
#include "wayland-server-protocol.h"
int main() { return 0; }
wayland-1.14.0/tests/exec-fd-leak-checker.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000004023 13142400404 015303 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2012 Collabora, Ltd.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include "test-runner.h"
static int
parse_count(const char *str, int *value)
{
char *end;
long v;
errno = 0;
v = strtol(str, &end, 10);
if ((errno == ERANGE && (v == LONG_MAX || v == LONG_MIN)) ||
(errno != 0 && v == 0) ||
(end == str) ||
(*end != '\0')) {
return -1;
}
if (v < 0 || v > INT_MAX) {
return -1;
}
*value = v;
return 0;
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
int expected;
if (argc != 2)
goto help_out;
if (parse_count(argv[1], &expected) < 0)
goto help_out;
if (count_open_fds() == expected)
return EXIT_SUCCESS;
else
return EXIT_FAILURE;
help_out:
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s N\n"
"where N is the expected number of open file descriptors.\n"
"This program exits with a failure if the number "
"does not match exactly.\n", argv[0]);
return EXIT_FAILURE;
}
wayland-1.14.0/tests/os-wrappers-test.c 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000020350 13142400404 014714 0000000 0000000 /*
* Copyright © 2012 Collabora, Ltd.
* Copyright © 2012 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
* next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
* portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
* BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*/
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include
#include